Ar Meaning Of La Elaha Ela Allah Fawzan
This document was uploaded by user and they confirmed that they have the permission to share it. If you are author or own the copyright of this book, please report to us by using this DMCA report form. Report DMCA
Overview
Download & View Ar Meaning Of La Elaha Ela Allah Fawzan as PDF for free.
More details
- Words: 8,874
- Pages: 33
ﻣﻌﲎ
ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﺃﺛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﺠﻤﻟﺘﻤﻊ ﺑﻘﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺑﻦ ﻓﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻳﺎﺽ
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﺗﻘﺪﱘ :ﳌﻌﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﶈﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﳍﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺸﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻐﻠﻐﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ،ﺇﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺼﺒﻴﺔ ﺟﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺭﻏﻢ ﻗﻠﺘﻬﺎ - ﻭﷲ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ -ﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﻋﺪﺩًﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﻃﺮﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺧﻄﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ،ﻭﺗﺄﺛﲑﻩ ﰲ ﻣﺴﲑﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ . ﻭﳏﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ،ﻭﻛﺸﻒ ﺿﻼﻟﺘﻬﻢ ،ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻫﻢ ،ﻭﳐﺎﻟﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺪﻯ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﲨﻌﺎﺀ . ﻭﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ،ﻭﺇﻳﻀﺎﺣﻪ ﲡﺎﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ،ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻬﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻯ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪﺓ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻫﺎ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻭﺯﻳﻦ ﳍﺎ ﺳﻮﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻋﻠﻞ ﳍﺎ ﺍﳓﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ . ﻭﻣﻨﺬ ﻧﺸﺄﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻬﺑﺪﻑ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻬﻪ ﻭﻫﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ،ﻭﺍﷲ ﻳﻘﻴﺾ ﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺿﻼﳍﺎ ،ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻓﺎﺓ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺒﻬﺎ ﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ . ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺗﺰﺧﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ -ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ -ﻭﺑﺴﻄﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ ،ﻭﺗﺮﲨﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ؛ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﳓﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻌﻤﻮﺭﺓ ،ﻭﻟﻴﺘﺠﻨﺒﻮﺍ ﲟﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﱴ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﺮﻓﺔ . ﻭﻗﺪ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ) ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ( ﻋﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ،ﻭﺩﺣﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺛﲑﺕ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ . ٢
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻭﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ، ﻭﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻖ ﺑﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ،ﻭﻣﺎ ﲢﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﺨﻪ ﰲ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﳋﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ،ﻓﻴﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋًﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪًﺍ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ،ﻳﺒﲔ ﻓﻴﻪ ) ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ،ﻭﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﺠﻤﻟﺘﻤﻊ ( . ﻭﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻭﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ) ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ( ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ،ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﲨﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ،ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
!šÎ7/Ρs%Î
{
)(١
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﻞ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ } :
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ } :
öÏøótGó™$#uρ ª!$# ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω …絯Ρr& óΟn=÷æ$$sù
∩∇∪ 4o_ó¡çtø:$# â!$yϑó™F{$# ã&s! ( uθèδ ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω ª!$#
{
)(٢
،
©tµ≈s9Î) Iω 4 ÅÝó¡É)ø9$$Î/ $JϑÍ←!$s% ÉΟù=Ïèø9$# (#θä9'ρé&uρ èπs3Íׯ≈n=yϑø9$#uρ uθèδ ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω …絯Ρr& ª!$# y‰Îγx
). (٣) { ∩⊇∇∪ ÞΟŠÅ6y⇔ø9$# Ⓝ͖yêø9$# uθèδ ωÎ ﻭﻛﺮﺭ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﻬﺗﺎ ﰲ ﺁﻳﺘﲔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ،ﻣﻊ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺋﻪ ﺍﳊﺴﲎ ﰲ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ
ﺍﳊﺸﺮ ،ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
ß≈oΗ÷q§9$# uθèδ ( Íοy‰≈y㤱9$#uρ É=ø‹tóø9$# ÞΟÎ=≈tã ( uθèδ ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω “Ï%©!$# ª!$# uθèδ
Ⓝ͓yèø9$# Ú∅Ïϑø‹yγßϑø9$# ßÏΒ÷σßϑø9$# ãΝ≈n=¡¡9$# â¨ρ‘‰à)ø9$# à7Î=yϑø9$# uθèδ ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω ”Ï%©!$# ª!$# uθèδ ∩⊄⊄∪ ÞΟŠÏm§9$#
{ ∩⊄⊂∪ šχθà2Îô³ç„ $£ϑtã «!$# z≈ysö6ß™ 4 çÉi9x6tGßϑø9$# â‘$¬6yfø9$#
)(٤
.
ﻣﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻪ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻣﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ً ﻧﻄﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﹰﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺩﻣﻪ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻓﻀﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ،ﻭﺃﺭﻛﺎﻬﻧﺎ ،ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﰒ ﺍﻋﺘﲎ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﱴ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﻣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ؟ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺃﻥ ﳎﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻆ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ،ﻣﺰﻳﻼ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﺭﺩ ) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٩ : ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻃﻪ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٨ : ) (٣ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٨ : ) (٤ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺸﺮ ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ . ٢٣ - ٢٢ : ٣
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﺣﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﺩًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ؛ ﻛﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ،ﻣﺜﺒﺘًﺎ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺎﺭﺳﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺣﺔ ﻭﻗﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ) ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ( ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ ، ﻭﻳﻀﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺩﺓ . ﻭﻗﺪ ﺧﺘﻢ ﲝﺜﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪﺓ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﻠﺖ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺇﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨًﺎ ،ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ،ﻭﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﻬﺗﺎ ،ﻭﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﳍﺎ ،ﻭﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﻌﺔ ﻷﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ . ﻓﺠﺰﺍﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺧﲑ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺀ ،ﻭﻧﻔﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ،ﻭﺣﻘﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﲨﻴﻌًﺎ ،ﻭﺍﷲ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻱ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﻭﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﱃ ﻭﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﲑ . ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﶈﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ
٤
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﳓﻤﺪﻩ ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮﻩ ،ﻭﻧﺘﻮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ،ﻭﻧﻌﻮﺫ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﺭ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ ،ﻣﻦ ﻳﻬﺪﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻼ ﻣﻀﻞ ﻟﻪ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻀﻠﻞ ﻓﻼ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻪ ،ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ،ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ،ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ً ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ،ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺒﻌﻪ ﻭﲤﺴﻚ ﺑﺴﻨﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ . . . ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ : ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺬﻛﺮﻩ ،ﻭﺃﺛﲎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﻳﻦ ،ﻭﻭﻋﺪﻫﻢ ﺃﺟﺮًﺍ ﻋﻈﻴﻤًﺎ ،
ﻓﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰﺎ ،ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ . . .ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
nο4θn=¢Á9$# ÞΟçFøŠŸÒs% #sŒÎ*sù
. (١) { 4 öΝà6Î/θãΖã_ 4’n?tãuρ #YŠθãèè%uρ $Vϑ≈uŠÏ% ©!$# (#ρãà2øŒ$$sù ﻭﻗﺎﻝ } :
£‰x©r & ÷ρr& öΝà2u!$t/#u ö/ä.Ìø.É‹x . ©!$# (#ρãà2øŒ$$sù öΝà6s3Å¡≈oΨ¨Β ΟçGøŠŸÒs% #sŒÎ*sù
. (٢) { 3 #\ò2ÏŒ ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﳊﺞ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ،ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
. (٣) { ( ÏΘ#tysø9$# Ìyèô±yϑø9$# y‰ΨÏã ©!$# (#ρãà2øŒ$$sù ;M≈sùttã ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
. (٤) { ( ÉΟ≈yè÷ΡF{$#
ï∅ÏiΒ ΟçFôÒsùr& !#sŒÎ*sù
Ïπyϑ‹Îγt/ .ÏiΒ Νßγs%y—u‘ $tΒ 4’n?tã BM≈tΒθè=÷è¨Β 5Θ$−ƒr& þ’Îû «!$# zΝó™$# (#ρãà2õ‹tƒuρ
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ . (٥) { 4 ;N≡yŠρ߉÷è¨Β 5Θ$−ƒr& þ’Îû ©!$# (#ρãä.øŒ$#uρ * } :
ﻭﺷﺮﻉ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻟﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ . (٦) { ∩⊇⊆∪ ü“Ìò2Ï%Î! nο4θn=¢Á9$# ÉΟÏ%r&uρ } : ) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٠٣ : ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢٠٠ : ) (٣ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٩٨ : ) (٤ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺞ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢٨ : ) (٥ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢٠٣ : ) (٦ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻃﻪ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٤ : ٥
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ
} ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺃﻛﻞ ﻭﺷﺮﺏ ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﷲ {
ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ( . . .ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
)(١
) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ
Zοtõ3ç/ çνθßsÎm7y™uρ ∩⊆⊇∪ #ZÏVx. #[ø.ÏŒ ©!$# (#ρâè0øŒ$# (#θãΖtΒ#u tÏ%©!$# $pκš‰r'¯≈tƒ
. (٢) { ∩⊆⊄∪ ¸ξ‹Ï¹r&uρ
ﻭﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ :ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ،ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺃﻧﻪ
ﻗﺎﻝ } :ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻋﺮﻓﺔ ،ﻭﺧﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ
ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ،ﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ {
)(٣
) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ (
ﻭﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ) ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ( ﳍﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﱰﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ،ﻭﳍﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ،ﻭﳍﺎ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ،ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ، ﺭﺍﺟﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﹼﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺁﺛﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ً ، ﻃﻨﺎ . ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺴﻜﲔ ﻬﺑﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﳌﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻭﺑﺎ ً ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ - : ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ،ﻭﻓﻀﻠﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺇﻋﺮﺍﻬﺑﺎ ،ﻭﺃﺭﻛﺎﻬﻧﺎ ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ، ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ،ﻭﻣﱴ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻆ ﻬﺑﺎ ،ﻭﻣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻭﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ،ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ - : ً
) (١ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ ) ، (١١٤١ﺃﲪﺪ ). (٧٥/٥ ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ . ٤٢ - ٤١ : ) (٣ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ ). (٣٥٨٥ ٦
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺇﻬﻧﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻳﻌﻠﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺃﺫﺍﻬﻧﻢ ﻭﺇﻗﺎﻣﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﰲ ﺧﻄﺒﻬﻢ ﻭﳏﺎﺩﺛﺎﻬﺗﻢ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ،ﻭﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ،ﻭﻬﺑﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻠﻪ ، ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﻭﺷﺮﻉ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﻌﻪ ،ﻭﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﺼﺒﺖ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ،ﻭﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻭﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺎﻡ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ،ﻭﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻭﻛﻔﺎﺭ ،ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻘﺔ ،ﻭﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ، ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ،ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺼﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ ،ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺳﺴﺖ ﺍﳌﻠﺔ ،ﻭﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺟﺮﺩﺕ ﺳﻴﻮﻑ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ،ﻓﻬﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ،ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ،ﻭﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ . . .ﻓﻼ ﺗﺰﻭﻝ ﻗﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﷲ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺘﲔ ) :ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ؟ ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﺟﺒﺘﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ ؟ ( ،ﻭﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭًﺍ ﻭﻋﻤﻼ ،ﻭﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ) ﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﻴﺎﺩًﺍ ﻭﻃﺎﻋﺔ ( . ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺓ
ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻘﻰ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ } :
∩⊄∇∪ tβθãèÅ_ötƒ öΝßγ¯=yès9 ϵÎ7É)tã ’Îû Zπu‹Ï%$t/ OπyϑÎ=x.
{
)( ١
.ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ،ﻭﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ،ﻗﺎﻝ
ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
©ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω 4 ÅÝó¡É)ø9$$Î/ $JϑÍ←!$s% ÉΟù=Ïèø9$# (#θä9'ρé&uρ èπs3Íׯ≈n=yϑø9$#uρ uθèδ ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω …絯Ρr& ª!$# y‰Îγx
{ ∩⊇∇∪ ÞΟŠÅ6y⇔ø9$# Ⓝ͖yêø9$# uθèδ
)( ٢
،ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ .
ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﻖ ،ﻭﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﳊﻖ ،ﻭﺑﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ،ﻭﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ
ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ { ∩∈∉∪ Èβρ߉ç7÷èu‹Ï9 ωÎ) }§ΡM}$#uρ £Ågø:$# àMø)n=yz $tΒuρ } : ) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢٨ : ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٨ : ) (٣ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٥٦ : ٧
)(٣
.
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻭﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ،ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ } :
ÏΒ šÎ=ö6s% ÏΒ $uΖù=y™ö‘r& !$tΒuρ
‘§™. (١) { ∩⊄∈∪ Èβρ߉ç7ôã$$sù O$tΡr& HωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω …絯Ρr& ϵø‹s9Î) ûÇrθçΡ ωÎ) @Αθß ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
…絯Ρr& (#ÿρâ‘É‹Ρr& ÷βr& ÿÍνÏŠ$t6Ïã ôÏΒ â!$t±o„ tΒ 4’n?tã ÍνÌøΒr& ôÏΒ Çyρ”9$$Î/ sπs3Íׯ≈n=yϑø9$# ãΑÍi”t∴ãƒ
{ ∩⊄∪ Èβθà)¨?$$sù O$tΡr& HωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω
)(٢
.
ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﻴﻨﺔ :ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺮﻓﻬﻢ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺇﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ،ﻓﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻋﺼﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺩﻣﻪ ، ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺩﻣﻪ ﻫﺪﺭ ،ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ } ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﻔﺮ
ﲟﺎ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ { ) ) (٣ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ
) ( . ( ٢٣ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ
} ﳌﺎ ﺑﻌﺚ ﻣﻌﺎﺫﹰﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ :ﺇﻧﻚ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻗﻮﻣًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ {
)( ٤
ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﺎﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﲔ ) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ
ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ) ( ٢٥٥/٣ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ) . ( . ( ١٩ ﻭﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ،ﻭﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ؛ ﻷﻬﻧﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺒﲎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ .
) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢٥ : ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢ : ) (٣ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٣ﺃﲪﺪ ). (٣٩٤/٦ ) (٤ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ) ، (١٣٨٩ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (١٩ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ) ، (٦٢٥ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ) ، (٢٤٣٥ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ) ، (١٥٨٤ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ) ، (١٧٨٣ﺃﲪﺪ ) ، (٢٣٣/١ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ). (١٦١٤ ٨
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻓﻀﻞ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻓﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ،ﻭﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ،ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﹰ ﻛﺎﺫﺑﺎ ﺣﻘﻨﺖ ﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﺮﺯﺕ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ ً ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ،ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ،ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ،ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ،ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ
ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﳋﺪﺭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﻝ } :ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ،ﻋﻠﻤﲏ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﺃﺫﻛﺮﻙ ﻭﺃﺩﻋﻮﻙ ﺑﻪ ،ﻗﺎﻝ :ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ،ﻗﻞ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻗﺎﻝ :ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻙ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻗﺎﻝ :ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ،ﻟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﻭﻋﺎﻣﺮﻫﻦ ﻏﲑﻱ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺿﲔ
ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﰲ ﻛﻔﺔ ،ﻭﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻛﻔﺔ ،ﻣﺎﻟﺖ ﻬﺑﻦ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ {
)(١
) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ
) ( ٥٢٨/١ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ) ( ٢٣٢٤ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﻤﺂﻥ ( .ﻓﺎﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ } :ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﻮﻡ ً ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ،ﻭﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ
ﻋﺮﻓﺔ ،ﻭﺧﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ،ﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ
ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ { ) (٢ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ) ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ
ﺭﻗﻢ ) ( . ( ٣٥٧٩ﻭﳑﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻭﺣﺴﻨﻪ ، ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ :ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ،ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ :ﻗﺎﻝ
ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ُ } ﻳﺼَﺎﺡ ﺑﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺀﻭﺱ ﺍﳋﻼﺋﻖ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ،ﻓﻴﻨﺸﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ
ﻭﺗﺴﻌﻮﻥ ﺳﺠﻼ ﻛﻞ ﺳﺠﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ،ﰒ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﺗﻨﻜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ :ﻻ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ،ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ :ﺃﻟﻚ ﻋﺬﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ؟ ﻓﻴﻬﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻻ .ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ :ﺑﻠﻰ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺕ ،ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ،ﻓﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ،ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ :ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ،ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ : ﺇﻧﻚ ﻻ ﺗﻈﻠﻢ ،ﻓﺘﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﰲ ﻛﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻔﺔ ،ﻓﻄﺎﺷﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﻭﺛﻘﻠﺖ ) (١ﺃﲪﺪ ). (١٧٠/٢ ) (٢ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ ). (٣٥٨٥ ٩
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ {
)(١
) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺭﻗﻢ ) ( ٢٦٤١ﰲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ) ( ٦ ٥٠/ ١
ﻭﻏﲑﳘﺎ ( .ﻭﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺫﻛﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺓ ) ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ( ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ،ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ :ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﲦﻦ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﳒﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ :ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﳌﻐﻔﺮﺓ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺎﺕ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﲤﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﳋﻄﺎﻳﺎ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﲡﺪﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺗﺮﺟﺢ ﺑﺼﺤﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﲣﺮﻕ ﺍﳊﺠﺐ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺼﺪﻕ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ّ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ،ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻔﹰﺎ ،ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻝ ﻋﺘﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺏ ،ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺮﺯًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﻭﻫﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﺸﺮ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﺘﻘﺼﲑﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﻬﻧﻢ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ،ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ .
) (١ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٦٣٩ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ ). (٤٣٠٠ ١٠
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﺇﻋﺮﺍﻬﺑﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﻛﺎﻬﻧﺎ ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎ ﺃ -ﺇﻋﺮﺍﻬﺑﺎ : ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺇﻋﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ -ﺭﲪﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ -ﻗﺪ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﻮﺍ ﺑﺈﻋﺮﺍﺏ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ ) :ﻻ( ﻧﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺲ ،ﻭ)ﺇﻟﻪ( ﺍﲰﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﲏ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ،ﻭﺧﱪﻫﺎ ﳏﺬﻭﻑ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻩ ) :ﺣﻖ ( ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺣﻖ ،ﻭ)ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ( ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﱪ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻮﻉ ،ﻭﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ :ﺍﳌﺄﻟﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺄﳍﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺗﻘﺼﺪﻩ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻧﻔﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺿﺮﺭ ،ﻭﻳﻐﻠﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺧﱪﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ) :ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩ ( ﻓﻘﻂ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﺿﺮﺣﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺒﻮﺩ ﲝﻖ ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻓﻤﻌﺒﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ،ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ ،ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﺭﻛﲏ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ . ﺏ -ﺭﻛﻨﺎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ : ﳍﺎ ﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ :ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ . ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ . ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻖ ،ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﳍﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ
ﺍﲣﺬﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﻓﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ } ،
ÏΒ šχθããô‰tƒ $tΒ χr&uρ ‘,ysø9$# uθèδ ©!$# χr'Î/ šÏ9≡sŒ
. (١) { ã≅ÏÜ≈t6ø9$# uθèδ ϵÏΡρߊ
ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ :ﻓﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺇﳍﻴﺘﻪ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ :ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻪ ،ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻷﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ) ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻪ ( ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻲ ﺇﳍﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﲞﻼﻑ ﻗﻮﻝ :ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻓﺎﺣﺸﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺴﺮ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ً ﻏﻠﻄﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺣﺼﺮ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ،ﻭﻗﺪ ﻏﻠﻂ ﹰ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ . ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ :ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﻭﳓﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ ) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺞ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٦٢ : ١١
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ؟ ﻗﻴﻞ :ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﲔ ؛ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﻉ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ،ﻭﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ، ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻃﻼ . ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ :ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻺﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻖ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﹰﺎ ﺇﳍﺎ ،ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ،ﻭﻣﱴ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﺈﻟﻪ ﺣﻖ ﻭﺇﻥ ﲰﻲ ﹰ ﻗﺎ ً ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﲔ ، ﻭﻟﻮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺘﺄﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﳐﻄﺊ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ . ﺟـ -ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ : ﻓﺈﻬﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻔﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ : ﺍﻷﻭﻝ :ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﲟﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻧﻔﻴًﺎ ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗًﺎ ،ﻓﻤﻦ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﺈﻬﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻔﻌﻪ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ،ﻛﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ . ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ :ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﰲ ﻟﻠﺸﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺐ . ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ :ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﰲ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻙ ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ . ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ :ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ ،ﻓﺈﻬﻧﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﺑﺄﻟﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻳﻦ ﳌﺪﻟﻮﳍﺎ . ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ :ﺍﶈﺒﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﳌﺎ ﺩﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ،ﲞﻼﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮﻥ . ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ :ﺍﻻﻧﻘﻴﺎﺩ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺀ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﺇﺧﻼﺻًﺎ ﷲ ﻭﻃﻠﺒًﺎ ﳌﺮﺿﺎﺗﻪ ، ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ . ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ :ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﰲ ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻘﻴﺎﺩ ﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﺎ ﻬﻧﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ . ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﲞﺼﻮﺹ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ،ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﻴﻮﺩﻫﺎ ،ﻭﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﳎﺮﺩ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ .
١٢
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﺗﻀﺢ ﳑﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻻ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩ ﲝﻖ ﺇﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﺘﻀﻤﻨﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺒﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺈﻟﻪ ﺣﻖ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ . ﻣﻘﺮﻭﻧﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ً ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻛﺜﲑًﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ
ﺗﺼﺢ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺷﺮﺍﻙ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻣﻌﻪ ،ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ . (١) { ( $\↔ø‹x© ϵÎ/ (#θä.Îô³è@ Ÿωuρ ©!$# (#ρ߉ç6ôã$#uρ * } : ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
Ÿω 4’s+øOâθø9$# Íοuρóãèø9$$Î/ y7|¡ôϑtGó™$# ωs)sù «!$$Î/ -∅ÏΒ÷σãƒuρ ÏNθäó≈©Ü9$$Î/ öàõ3tƒ yϑsù
. (٢) { ∩⊄∈∉∪ îΛÎ=tæ ìì‹Ïÿxœ ª!$#uρ 3 $oλm; tΠ$|ÁÏΡ$# ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
( |Nθäó≈©Ü9$#
{
)( ٣
(#θç7Ï⊥tGô_$#uρ ©!$# (#ρ߉ç6ôã$# Âχr& »ωθß™§‘ 7π¨Βé& Èe≅à2 ’Îû $uΖ÷Wyèt/ ô‰s)s9uρ
.
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ } ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﻔﺮ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻪ {
)(٤
) ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺭﻗﻢ ) ( ٢٣ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ . ( .
ﻭﻛﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻘﻮﻣﻪ . . . (٥) { ÿ…çνçöxî >µ≈s9Î) ôÏiΒ Νä3s9 $tΒ ©!$# (#ρ߉ç7ôã$# } :ﺇﱃ ﻏﲑ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ :ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻭﺇﻳﻀﺎﺣﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ :ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻏﲑ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻄﺎﻉ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻌﺼﻰ ﻫﻴﺒﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺇﺟﻼﻻ ،ﻭﳏﺒﺔ ﻭﺧﻮﻓﹰﺎ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﺀ ،ﻭﺗﻮﻛﻼ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﺆﺍﻻ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻟﻪ ،ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ . ) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٣٦ : ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢٥٦ : ) (٣ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٣٦ : ) (٤ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٣ﺃﲪﺪ ). (٣٩٤/٦ ) (٥ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٥٩ : ١٣
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﳌﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ
ﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﻳﺶ :ﻗﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ } :
)∩∈∪ Ò>$yfãã íóy´s9 #x‹≈yδ ¨βÎ) ( #´‰Ïn≡uρ $Yγ≈s9Î
{
)(١
&sπoλÎ;Fψ$# Ÿ≅yèy_r
.ﻓﻔﻬﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﺗﺒﻄﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ
ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ،ﻭﲢﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ،ﻭﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻓﺘﺒﲔ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ،ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ،ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ :ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ،ﻭﺑﻄﻼﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ،ﻭﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﻄﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﻫﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ،ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﻩ ﺫﻟﻚ .ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻻ ﺣﺎﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﷲ ،ﻭﻳﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻓﺴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ،ﻭﻟﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﲑ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺑﺎﺋﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺬﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﻑ ﺑﻘﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﱪﻙ ﺑﺘﺮﺑﺘﻬﻢ ،ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻛﻮﻬﻧﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ،ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ، ﻭﻳﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﻏﲑﻩ ﺇﻻ ﻟﺰﻋﻤﻬﻢ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﻳﻘﺮﺑﻮﻬﻧﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺯﻟﻔﻰ ﻻ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﳜﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺮﺯﻗﻮﻥ ،ﻓﺎﳊﺎﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ، ﻓﻼ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﳋﺼﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ . ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﺯﻋﻤﻪ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ،ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺒﺎﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ :ﺃﻗﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ،ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ،ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ :ﲢﺎﻛﻤﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﻭﺳﻜﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ،ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﻓﻬﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ) ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ( ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻗﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺒﻄﻼﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﳎﺮﺩ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻻ
) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺹ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٥ : ١٤
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻟﻪ ،ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻧﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ } :
&íóy´s9 #x‹≈yδ ¨βÎ) ( #´‰Ïn≡uρ $Yγ≈s9Î) sπoλÎ;Fψ$# Ÿ≅yèy_r
.(١) { ∩∈∪ Ò>$yfãã
ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ } :
)$¨ΖÍ←r& tβθä9θà)tƒuρ ∩⊂∈∪ tβρçÉ9õ3tGó¡o„ ª!$# ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω öΝçλm; Ÿ≅‹Ï% #sŒÎ) (#þθçΡ%x. öΝåκ¨ΞÎ
∩⊂∉∪ ¥βθãΖøg¤Χ 9Ïã$t±Ï9 $oΨÏGyγÏ9#u (#þθä.Í‘$tGs9
{
)(٢
.ﻓﻌﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ
ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺇﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ،ﻭﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﻮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺄﻧﻔﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ،ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻻ ﻳﺄﻧﻔﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﻨﻴﻊ ، ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﰒ ﻳﻨﻘﻀﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺣﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺘﺒﺎ ﳌﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﳍﺐ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﲟﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ . ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺻﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﺭﻓﹰﺎ ﳌﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﻼ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ،ﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺣﻘﺎ ، ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﷲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺎﺯﻡ ﳌﺎ ﺗﻀﻤﻨﺘﻪ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ًّ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻭﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﳌﺎ ﺩﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻖ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﺑﻠﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﲞﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﰲ ﳍﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ،ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﻬﺑﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
)y‰Íκy− tΒ ωÎ
. (٣) { ∩∇∉∪ tβθßϑn=ôètƒ öΝèδuρ Èd,ysø9$$Î/
ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﱘ ،ﻭﺭﻓﺾ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ،ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } : 4 ª!$# ϵÎ/ .βsŒù'tƒ öΝs9 $tΒ ÉÏe$!$#
{
)(٤
&zÏiΒ Οßγs9 (#θããuŸ° (#àσ¯≈Ÿ2uà° óΟßγs9 ÷Πr
،ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ
ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻭﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺹ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٥ : ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ . ٣٦ - ٣٥ : ) (٣ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٨٦ : ) (٤ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢١ : ١٥
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻣﻌﲎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺭﻓﺾ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﳋﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺒﺘﺪﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺮﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﺷﻴﺎﻃﲔ ﺍﻹﻧﺲ
ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺸﺮﻙ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ } : ﻭﺍﳉﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﹰ
&÷Πr
. (١) { 4 ª!$# ϵÎ/ .βsŒù'tƒ öΝs9 $tΒ ÉÏe$!$# zÏiΒ Οßγs9 (#θããuŸ° (#àσ¯≈Ÿ2uà° óΟßγs9
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ . (٢) { ∩⊇⊄⊇∪ tβθä.Îô³çRmQ öΝä3¯ΡÎ) öΝèδθßϑçG÷èsÛr& ÷βÎ)uρ } :
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ { «!$# Âχρߊ ÏiΒ $\/$t/ö‘r& öΝßγuΖ≈t6÷δâ‘uρ öΝèδu‘$t6ômr& (#ÿρä‹sƒªB$# } :
)(٣
.
ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ } ﺗﻼ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻱ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺎﰎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ :ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ،ﻟﺴﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺒﺪﻫﻢ ،ﻗﺎﻝ :ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﳛﻠﻮﻥ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺘﺤﻠﻮﻧﻪ ،
ﻭﳛﺮﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺘﺤﺮﻣﻮﻧﻪ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ :ﺑﻠﻰ .ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻓﺘﻠﻚ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻬﺗﻢ { ) ) (٤ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺭﻗﻢ ) ( ٣٠٩٤ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ . ( . ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ :ﻓﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺃﺭﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ،ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ،ﺍﳌﻨﺎﰲ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﲣﺬﻭﻫﻢ ً ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ . . .ﻓﺘﺒﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﳌﻨﺎﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﳌﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ . ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﳚﺐ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ . . .
ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ . (٥) { ÉΑθß™§9$#uρ «!$# ’n<Î) çνρ–Šãsù &óx« ’Îû ÷Λäôãt“≈uΖs? βÎ*sù } :
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ { ’În1u‘ ª!$# ãΝä3Ï9≡sŒ 4 «!$# ’n<Î) ÿ…çµßϑõ3ßssù &óx« ÏΒ ÏµŠÏù ÷Λäøn=tG÷z$# $tΒuρ } :
)(٦
.ﻭﻗﺪ
ﺣﻜﻢ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﱂ ﳛﻜﻢ ﲟﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺑﻈﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﻓﺴﻘﻪ ،ﻭﻧﻔﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢١ : ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٢١ : ) (٣ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٣١ : ) (٤ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ). (٣٠٩٥ ) (٥ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٥٩ : ) (٦ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٠ : ١٦
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﻐﲑ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﺒﻴﺤﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺻﻠﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺷﺮﻙ ﻳﻨﺎﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ ،ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺒﻴﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﺐ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﲪﻠﻪ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺘﻪ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻭﺷﺮﻙ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻳُﻨﻘﱢﺾُ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ . ﹰﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻼ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﻬﺗﻢ ﻭﺗﺼﺮﻓﺎﻬﺗﻢ ،ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻔﻈﹰﺎ ﻳﺮﺩﺩ ﻟﻠﱪﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ ﳌﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻨﻪ ﻛﺜﲑ ﳑﻦ ﻳﺘﻠﻔﻈﻮﻥ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺑﺄﻟﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ ،ﻭﳜﺎﻟﻔﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﻬﺗﻢ ﻭﺗﺼﺮﻓﺎﻬﺗﻢ . ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲰﻰ ﻭﻭﺻﻒ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ،ﺃﻭ
ﲰﺎﻩ ﻭﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
tÏ%©!$# (#ρâ‘sŒuρ ( $pκÍ5 çνθãã÷Š$$sù 4o_ó¡çtø:$# â!$oÿôœF{$# ¬!uρ
∩⊇∇⊃∪ tβθè=yϑ÷ètƒ (#θçΡ%x. $tΒ tβ÷ρt“ôfã‹y™ 4 ϵÍׯ≈yϑó™r& þ’Îû šχρ߉Åsù=ãƒ
{
)(١
.ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﻴﺪ :ﻭﺃﺻﻞ
ﺍﻹﳊﺎﺩ ﰲ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﳉﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ،ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ،ﻭﺩﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ . ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ :ﻓﺎﻹﳊﺎﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻣﺎ ﲜﺤﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭﻫﺎ ،ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﲜﺤﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ ، ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻼﺕ ،ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻛﺈﳊﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ﻓﺈﻬﻧﻢ ﺟﻌﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﳏﻤﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﺬﻣﻮﻣﻬﺎ . . . ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ . ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﳊﺪ ﰲ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ؛ ﻷﻥ
ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﲰﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ،ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ { ( $pκÍ5 çνθãã÷Š$$sù } :
ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﳍﺎ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﻭﲟﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ . . . ) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٨٠ : ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٨٠ : ١٧
)(٢
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ :ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺯﻋﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ،ﻭﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﻞ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺇﻣﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻘﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﲔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧًﺎ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻬﻧﺎ ﺃﻫﻢ ؛ ﻷﻬﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲤﺎﻡ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ،ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﻬﺗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧًﺎ ﺷﺎﻓﻴًﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﺒﺲ . ﻭﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ . ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﰲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ،ﺃﻋﲏ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻻ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ . ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ :ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻄﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺭﺑﺎ ،ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺬﻣﻮﻡ ﻣﻌﻴﺐ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ،ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﳍﹰﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺪﺑﺮًﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ،ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﳌﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻧﻌﻮﺕ ﺍﳉﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ،ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﲰﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻛﺘﺒﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺻﻨﻔﻮﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻮﺣﻴﺪﺍ ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ،ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻩ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻭﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻭﺗﻜﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﺗ ً ﻭﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺼﺎﻧﻊ ﻭﺟﺤﺪ ﻟﻪ ،ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻩ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺗﱰﻳﻬﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺋﺾ .
١٨
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻣﱴ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺑًﺎ ﲟﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻮﻫﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﳎﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻆ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ،ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ،ﺍﻗﺘﻀﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﻋﻤﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﳊﻖ ،ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺘﺒﺎﻥ . . .ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ :
} ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺒﺘﻐﻲ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ {
)( ١
) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ
ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ٢٠٦/١١ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺭﻗﻢ ) ( . ( ٣٣ﻗﺎﻝ :ﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ
ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ،ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻗﺎﻝ } :ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻞ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ :ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ،ﻗﺎﻝ :ﻟﺒﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻌﺪﻳﻚ ،ﻗﺎﻝ :ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻻ ﺣﺮﻣﻪ
ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ { ) ) (٢ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ( . ١٩٩/١ﻭﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋًﺎ } :ﻭﻣﻦ
ﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺣﺮﻣﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ {
)(٣
) ﺻﺤﻴﺢ
ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ) ( ٢٢٩-٢٢٨/١ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ( .ﻭﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ،ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳛﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ،ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﰲ ﻏﺰﻭﺓ ﺗﺒﻮﻙ -ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ -ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ً
ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ } ﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺃﱐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻏﲑ ﺷﺎﻙ ﻓﻴﺤﺠﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ {
)(٤
ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ) ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ
) . ( . ( ٢٢٤/١ ) (١ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ) ، (٤١٥ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ). (٣٣ ) (٢ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ) ، (١٢٨ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٣٢ﺃﲪﺪ ). (٢٦١/٣ ) (٣ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٩ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٦٣٨ﺃﲪﺪ ). (٣١٨/٥ ) (٤ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٧ﺃﲪﺪ ). (٤٢١/٢ ١٩
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ : ﻗﺎﻝ :ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ :ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ً ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺇﳕﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ،ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻣﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻴﻘﻨﺎ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻏﲑ ﺷﺎﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﻳﻘﲔ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﳒﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ً ﲨﻠﺔ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺧﺎﻟﺼًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳒﺬﺍﺏ ﻧﺼﻮﺣﺎ ،ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﻝ ً ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ،ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ﺗﻮﺑﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻥ ﺷﻌﲑﺓ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻥ ﺧﺮﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻥ ﺫﺭﺓ ،ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﺕ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻛﺜﲑًﺍ ﳑﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﰒ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﺕ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﻛﻞ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ ،ﻓﻬﺆﻻﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺴﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﷲ ،ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﺕ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﳛﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ،ﻟﻜﻦ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻣﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﳍﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳜﺸﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﱳ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻓﻴﺤﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﳍﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﳍﺎ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪًﺍ ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﱂ ﳜﺎﻟﻂ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ،ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻔﱳ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ
ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ } ﲰﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻓﻘﻠﺘﻪ {
)(١
ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺇﳕﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ
ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﺑﺄﻣﺜﺎﳍﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
{ ∩⊄⊄∪ tβρ߉tGôγ•Β ΝÏδÌ≈rO#u
)(٢
)#’n?tã $¯ΡÎ)uρ 7π¨Βé& #’n?tã $tΡu!$t/#u !$tΡô‰y`uρ $¯ΡÎ
ﻭﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ ﻓﻼ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺎﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﺑﺈﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﻳﻘﲔ
ﺗﺎﻡ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻣﺼﺮًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻧﺐ ﺃﺻﻼ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺇﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻴﻨﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﳌﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﻛﺮﺍﻫﻴﺔ ﳌﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ،ﹰ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ،ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺫﻧﻮﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ
) (١ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ) ، (٨٦ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﻑ ) ، (٩٠٥ﺃﲪﺪ ) ، (٣٥٥/٦ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺓ ). (٤٤٧ ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢٢ : ٢٠
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺒﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﻟﻪ ﺫﻧﺒًﺎ ﺇﻻ ﳝﺤﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ،ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ . ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ : ﻭﳍﻢ ﺷﺒﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ :ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﻣﺔ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ } :ﺃﻗﺘﻠﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ { ) (١ﻭﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﻋﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ،
ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳉﻬﻠﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ،ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﻝ : ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺳﺒﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﺗﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﲏ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ً ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ،ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻗﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ،ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳉﻬﻠﺔ ﻭﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﱠ ﹼ ﻣﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﻗﺘﻞ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺤﺪ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ،ﻭﺗﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﻗﺘﻞ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺤﺪ ﹰ ﺟﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺭﺃﺳﻪ ! ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻬﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ . ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ :ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺳﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺭﺟﻼ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻇﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺧﻮﻓﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻪ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﺒﲔ
ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ } (#θãΖ¨Šu;tFsù
{
)(٢
«!$# È≅‹Î6y™ ’Îû óΟçFö/uŸÑ #sŒÎ) (#þθãΖtΒ#u šÏ%©!$# $pκš‰r'¯≈tƒ
.ﺃﻱ :ﻓﺘﺜﺒﺘﻮﺍ ،ﻓﺎﻵﻳﺔ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﺖ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﺒﲔ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ (٣) { (#θãΖ¨Šu;tFsù } :ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻌﲎ ،ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺫﻟﻚ . . .ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ) (١ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺯﻱ ) ، (٤٠٢١ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٩٦ﺃﲪﺪ ). (٢٠٠/٥ ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٩٤ : ) (٣ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٩٤ : ٢١
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ } :ﺃﻗﺘﻠﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ {
} ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ {
)( ٢
)( ١
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ :
ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ
ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﺝ } :ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻟﻘﻴﺘﻤﻮﻫﻢ ﻓﺎﻗﺘﻠﻮﻫﻢ ،ﻟﺌﻦ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﺘﻬﻢ ﻷﻗﺘﻠﻨﻬﻢ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻋﺎﺩ {
)( ٣
ﻣﻊ
ﻛﻮﻬﻧﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻬﺗﻠﻴﻼ ﺣﱴ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﳛﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ،ﻭﻫﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ،ﻓﻠﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻌﻬﻢ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﳌﺎ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﻗﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﲏ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ . ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ :
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺓ " :ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ
} ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ {
)( ٤
ﻗﺎﻝ :ﻓﻔﻬﻢ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺘﻮﻗﻔﻮﺍ ﰲ ﻗﺘﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ،ﻭﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻨﻊ ﻗﺘﺎﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺀ
ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﻤﺎ ؛ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ } ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﲏ ﺩﻣﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﲝﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﻬﺑﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ {
)( ٥
،ﻭﻗﺎﻝ } :ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﺣﻖ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ {
)( ٦
ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻗﺪ
ﺻﺮﳛﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﺃﻧﺲ ﻭﻏﲑﳘﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ : ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ً
} ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﻘﻴﻤﻮﺍ
) (١ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺯﻱ ) ، (٤٠٢١ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٩٦ﺃﲪﺪ ). (٢٠٠/٥ ) (٢ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ) ، (٣٨٥ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٦٠٨ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﲢﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ) ، (٣٩٦٧ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ) ، (٢٦٤١ﺃﲪﺪ ). (٢٢٥/٣ ) (٣ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ). (٢٥٧٨ ) (٤ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٥ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ). (٢٢ ) (٥ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٥ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ). (٢٢ ) (٦ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ) ، (١٣٣٥ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٠ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٦٠٧ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ) ، (٣٠٩٢ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ) ، (١٥٥٦ﺃﲪﺪ ). (١٩/١ ٢٢
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﻳﺆﺗﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ {
)(١
4 öΝßγn=‹Î;y™ (#θ=y⇐sù nο4θŸ2¨“9$# (#âθs?#uuρ
ﻭﻗﺪ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } : { ) . (٢ﻛﻤﺎ ﺩﻝ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
3 ǃÏe$!$# ’Îû öΝä3çΡ≡uθ÷zÎ*sù nο4θŸ2¨“9$# (#âθs?#uuρ
{
)(٣
nο4θn=¢Á9$# (#θãΒ$s%r&uρ (#θç/$s? βÎ*sù nο4θn=¢Á9$# (#θãΒ$s%r&uρ (#θç/$s? βÎ*sù
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻻ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺀ
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻻ ﲢﺼﻞ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺭ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻠﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺭﺃﻭﻩ ﺻﻮﺍﺑًﺎ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻋﻤﻦ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰﺎ ،ﺑﻞ ﻳﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﺑﺈﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﲝﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻓﻜﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ، ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ :ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ :ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻆ ﺑﻼ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ . ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺠﻤﺎﻉ ﺷﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻌﻪ ،ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻩ ﻟﻔﻮﺍﺕ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ -ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﻭﻭﻫﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻇﻬﺮ -ﰒ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺯﺩﻕ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺪﻓﻦ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺗﻪ :ﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﺪﺩﺕ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ :ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﺳﻨﺔ ،ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ :ﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ ،ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻓﺈﻳﺎﻙ ﻭﻗﺬﻑ ﺍﶈﺼﻨﺎﺕ ،ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﺴﻦ :ﺇﻥ ﺃﻧﺎﺳًﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ :ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺄﺩﻯ ﺣﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ،ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﻫﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﳌﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ :ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ :ﺑﻠﻰ ، ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺟﺌﺖ ﲟﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻭﺇﻻ ﱂ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﻚ . ﻭﺃﻇﻦ ﺃﻥ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻘﻠﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺭﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺣﺔ ﻭﻗﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ ،ﻭﻳﻀﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺩﺓ ،ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ) (١ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٥ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ). (٢٢ ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٥ : ) (٣ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١١ : ٢٣
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻛﺤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ، ﺍﺠﻤﻟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﺠﺔ ﳍﻢ uθèδ
} : ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ، ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻳﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ
’Îû tÏ%©!$# $¨Βr'sù ( ×M≈yγÎ7≈t±tFãΒ ãyzé&uρ É=≈tGÅ3ø9$# ‘Πé& £èδ ìM≈yϑs3øt’Χ ×M≈tƒ#u çµ÷ΖÏΒ |=≈tGÅ3ø9$# y7ø‹n=tã tΑt“Ρr& ü“Ï%©!$# 3 ª!$# ωÎ) ÿ…ã&s#ƒÍρù's? ãΝn=÷ètƒ $tΒuρ 3 Ï&Î#ƒÍρù's? u!$tóÏGö/$#uρ ÏπuΖ÷GÏø9$# u!$tóÏGö/$# çµ÷ΖÏΒ tµt7≈t±s? $tΒ tβθãèÎ6®KuŠsù Ô÷ƒy— óΟÎγÎ/θè=è% Ÿω $oΨ−/u‘ ∩∠∪ É=≈t6ø9F{$# (#θä9'ρé& HωÎ) ã©.¤‹tƒ $tΒuρ 3 $uΖÎn/u‘ ωΖÏã ôÏiΒ @≅ä. ϵÎ/ $¨ΖtΒ#u tβθä9θà)tƒ ÉΟù=Ïèø9$# ’Îû tβθã‚Å™≡§9$#uρ ßìÏΒ$y_ y7¨ΡÎ) !$oΨ−/u‘ ∩∇∪ Ü>$¨δuθø9$# |MΡr& y7¨ΡÎ) 4 ºπyϑômu‘ y7Ρà$©! ÏΒ $uΖs9 ó=yδuρ $oΨoK÷ƒy‰yδ øŒÎ) y‰÷èt/ $oΨt/θè=è% ùøÌ“è?
ﺣﻘﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﺭﻧﺎ ﺍﳊﻖ ﹰ.
(١)
{
∩∪ yŠ$yèŠÏϑø9$# ß#Î=÷‚ムŸω ©!$# χÎ) 4 ϵ‹Ïù |=÷ƒu‘ ω 5ΘöθuŠÏ9 Ĩ$¨Ψ9$#
. . . ﻭﺍﺭﺯﻗﻨﺎ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻭﺃﺭﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﺑﺎﻃﻼ ﻭﺍﺭﺯﻗﻨﺎ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺑﻪ
. ٩ - ٧ : ( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ١) ٢٤
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﻠﺖ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺇﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨًﺎ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﲪﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ - : ١ـ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻭﻫﻢ ؛ ﻷﻬﻧﻢ ﻳﺪﻳﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
_ . (١) { 4 (#θè%§xs? Ÿωuρ $Yè‹Ïϑyﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
«!$# È≅ö7pt¿2 (#θßϑÅÁtGôã$#uρ
∩∉⊄∪ šÏΖÏΒ÷σßϑø9$$Î/uρ ÍνÎóÇuΖÎ/ š‚y‰−ƒr& ü“Ï%©!$# uθèδ
y#©9r& ©!$# £Å6≈s9uρ óΟÎγÎ/θè=è% š÷t/ |Mø©9r& !$¨Β $YèŠÏΗsd ÇÚö‘F{$# ’Îû $tΒ |Mø)xΡr& öθs9 4 öΝÍκÍ5θè=è% š÷t/ y#©9r&uρ ∩∉⊂∪ ÒΟŠÅ3ym ͕tã …çµ¯ΡÎ) 4 öΝæηuΖ÷t/
{
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺣﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } : «4 >óx
{
)( ٣
)(٢
) ’Î û ö Ν å κ ÷ ] Ï Β | M ó ¡ © 9 $Y è u ‹ Ï © ( # θç Ρ %x . u ρ ö Ν å κ s ] ƒÏ Š ( # θè % § s ù t Ï % © ! $ # ¨ β Î
.ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
∩∈⊂∪ t β θã m Ì s ù ö Ν Í κ ö ‰ y ‰ s 9
{
)( ٤
.ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﱰﺍﻉ
$y ϑ Î / ¥ > ÷ “ Ï m ‘ ≅ ä . ( #\ ç / ã — ö Ν æ η u Ζ ÷ t / Οè δ t ø Β r & ( # þ θ ã è © Ü s ) t G s ù
.ﻓﻼ ﳚﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ
ﻫﻲ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺍﻋﺘﱪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻩ . ٢ـ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻥ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻼ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻓﻴﻨﻜﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﺍﻥ ﻭﳛﻞ ﳏﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﶈﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﻻﺓ
ﺟﻠﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ . (٥) { ×οuθ÷zÎ) tβθãΖÏΒ÷σßϑø9$# $yϑ¯ΡÎ) } :ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻳﻨﻮﺍ ﻬﺑﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻮﺍ ﻬﺑﺎ ،ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ ) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٠٣ : ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ . ٦٣ - ٦٢ : ) (٣ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٥٩ : ) (٤ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٥٣ : ) (٥ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٠ : ٢٥
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺣﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﻔﺘﺨﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﺐ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻮﺍ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﻮﺍ ﺇﺧﻮﺓ ﻣﺘﺤﺎﺑﲔ ﻛﻤﺎ
ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ { ( öΝæηuΖ÷t/ â!$uΗxqâ‘ Í‘$¤ä3ø9$# ’n?tã â!#£‰Ï©r& ÿ…çµyètΒ tÏ%©!$#uρ 4 «!$# ãΑθß™§‘ Ó‰£ϑpt’Χ } :
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
)(١
.
Λäóst7ô¹r'sù öΝä3Î/θè=è% t÷t/ y#©9r'sù [!#y‰ôãr& ÷ΛäΖä. øŒÎ) öΝä3ø‹n=tæ «!$# |Myϑ÷èÏΡ (#ρãä.øŒ$#uρ
. (٢) { $ZΡ≡uθ÷zÎ) ÿϵÏFuΚ÷èÏΖÎ/ ٣ـ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﻼﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ،ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
ÏM≈ysÎ=≈¢Á9$# (#θè=Ïϑtãuρ óΟä3ΖÏΒ (#θãΖtΒ#u tÏ%©!$# ª!$# y‰tãuρ
”Ï%©!$# ãΝåκs]ƒÏŠ öΝçλm; £uΖÅj3uΚã‹s9uρ öΝÎγÎ=ö6s% ÏΒ šÏ%©!$# y#n=÷‚tGó™$# $yϑŸ2 ÇÚö‘F{$# ’Îû óΟßγ¨ΖxÎ=ø⇐tGó¡uŠs9
{ 4 $\↔ø‹x© ’Î1 šχθä.Îô³ç„ Ÿω Í_tΡρ߉ç6÷ètƒ 4 $YΖøΒr& öΝÎγÏùöθyz ω÷èt/ .ÏiΒ Νåκ¨]s9Ïd‰t7ãŠs9uρ öΝçλm; 4|Ós?ö‘$#
)(٣
ﻓﺮﺑﻂ
ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ . - ٤ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﲏ ﳌﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺭﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﻔﻌﻠﻪ ،ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺨﻄﻪ ﻓﻴﺠﺘﻨﺒﻪ ،ﲞﻼﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺁﳍﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ
ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ،ﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﺪﺑﲑ ﻏﲑ ﺗﺪﺑﲑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
îöyz šχθè%ÌhxtG•Β Ò>$t/ö‘r&u
&. (٤) { ∩⊂∪ â‘$£γs)ø9$# ߉Ïn≡uθø9$# ª!$# ÏΘr
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
Èβ$tƒÈθtFó¡o„ ö≅yδ @≅ã_tÏj9 $Vϑn=y™ Wξã_u‘uρ tβθÝ¡Å3≈t±tFãΒ â!%x.uఠϵŠÏù Wξã_§‘ WξsWtΒ ª!$# z>uŸÑ
. (٥) { 4 ¸ξsWtΒ
) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢٩ : ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٠٣ : ) (٣ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٥٥ : ) (٤ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٣٩ : ) (٥ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢٩ : ٢٦
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ :ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ، ﻓﺎﳌﺸﺮﻙ ﲟﱰﻟﺔ ﻋﺒﺪ ﳝﻠﻜﻪ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺯﻋﻮﻥ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺣﻮﻥ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﺎﻛﺲ :ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺊ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ . ﻓﺎﳌﺸﺮﻙ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺁﳍﺔ ﺷﱴ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺑﻌﺒﺪ ﳝﻠﻜﻪ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺭﺿﺎﻫﻢ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ،ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻓﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﻛﻤﺜﻞ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻗﺪ ﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪﻩ ﻭﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺿﺎﻩ ﻓﻬﻮ ﰲ ﺭﺍﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻄﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻪ ،ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺳﺎﱂ ﳌﺎﻟﻜﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺃﻓﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻪ ﻭﺭﲪﺘﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺷﻔﻘﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﺣﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺗﻮﻟﻴﻪ ﳌﺼﺎﳊﻪ ،ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪﺍﻥ ! - ٥ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﻌﺔ ﻷﻫﻞ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ -ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ : }
çµàsÜ÷‚tFsù Ï!$yϑ¡¡9$# š∅ÏΒ §yz $yϑ¯Ρr(s3sù «!$$Î/ õ8Îô³ç„ tΒuρ 4 ϵÎ/ tÏ.Îô³ãΒ uöxî ¬! u!$xuΖãm
∩⊂⊇∪ 9,‹Åsy™ 5β%s3tΒ ’Îû ßw†Ìh9$# ϵÎ/ “Èθôγs? ÷ρr& çö©Ü9$#
{
)( ١
.ﻓﺪﻟﺖ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ
ﻋﻠﻮ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﻭﺳﻔﻮﻝ ﻭﺳﻘﻮﻁ . ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ :ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻮﻩ ﻭﺳﻌﺘﻪ ﻭﺷﺮﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺼﻌﺪﻩ ﻭﻣﻬﺒﻄﻪ ،ﻓﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﺒﻂ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺼﻌﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺷﺒﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺳﺎﻓﻠﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﻴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺍﻛﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﲑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﻄﻒ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀﻩ ﻭﲤﺰﻗﻪ ﻛﻞ ﳑﺰﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﲔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﺗﺆﺯﺭﻩ ﻭﺗﺰﻋﺠﻪ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻈﺎﻥ ﻫﻼﻛﻪ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻬﺗﻮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺳﺤﻴﻖ ﻫﻮ ﻫﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ .
- ٦ﻋﺼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ؛ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ } ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﻋﺼﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﲏ ﺩﻣﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﻭﺃﻣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﺇﻻ ﲝﻘﻬﺎ {
)(٢
) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ
) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺞ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٣١ : ) (٢ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑ ) ، (٢٧٨٦ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢١ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٦٠٦ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﲢﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ) ، (٣٩٧١ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ) ، (٢٦٤٠ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ ) ، (٣٩٢٨ﺃﲪﺪ ). (١١/١ ٢٧
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
) ( ٢١٧/١٣ﰲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺼﺎﻡ ، ( .ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ) ﲝﻘﻬﺎ ( ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﻨﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﲝﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺼﻢ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺩﻣﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺑﻞ ﻳﻘﺘﻠﻮﻥ ،ﻭﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻬﺑﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﺧﻠﻔﺎﺅﻩ . ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ . . . ﻭﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ،ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ .
٢٨
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ -١ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ -٢ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ -٣ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ -٤ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ -٥ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ -٦ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ -٧ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ -٨ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ -٩ﺗﻴﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ -١٠ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﻴﺪ -١١ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻜﲔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ -١٢ﳐﺘﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻋﻖ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﺔ -١٣ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ -١٤ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻌﲔ
٢٩
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﲣﺬﻭﺍ ﺃﺣﺒﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺭﻫﺒﺎﻬﻧﻢ ﺃﺭﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﱘ ﻭﻣﺎ ١٦ ........................ ﺃﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻵﳍﺔ ﺇﳍﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻋﺠﺎﺏ ١٥ ,١٤.......................................
ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﲎ ٣ ....................................................... ﺃﻡ ﳍﻢ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺀ ﺷﺮﻋﻮﺍ ﳍﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺄﺫﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻮﻻ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ١٦ ,١٥..................... ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺷﻴﻌﺎ ﻟﺴﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺇﳕﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ٢٥ .............. ﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺇﺧﻮﺓ ﻓﺄﺻﻠﺤﻮﺍ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺧﻮﻳﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻌﻠﻜﻢ ﺗﺮﲪﻮﻥ ٢٥ ........................
ﺇﻧﲏ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻓﺎﻋﺒﺪﱐ ﻭﺃﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻟﺬﻛﺮﻱ ٥ .....................................
ﺇﻬﻧﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﻞ ﳍﻢ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺴﺘﻜﱪﻭﻥ١٥ ........................................... ﺑﻞ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺇﻧﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺑﺎﺀﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻭﺇﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻣﻬﺘﺪﻭﻥ ٢٠ .............................. ﺣﻨﻔﺎﺀ ﷲ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺸﺮﻛﲔ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻓﻜﺄﳕﺎ ﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺨﻄﻔﻪ ٢٧ ..............
ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ١١ ........................ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺴﻂ ٧ ,٣ .......................... ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺀ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﻛﺴﻮﻥ ﻭﺭﺟﻼ ﺳﻠﻤﺎ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻫﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﻥ ٢٦ ............
ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺴﻠﺦ ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﳊﺮﻡ ﻓﺎﻗﺘﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺟﺪﲤﻮﻫﻢ ﻭﺧﺬﻭﻫﻢ ٢٣ .................... ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﻀﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻓﺎﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﻌﻮﺩﺍ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻜﻢ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ٥ .......................... ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﻀﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﻜﻜﻢ ﻓﺎﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺬﻛﺮﻛﻢ ﺁﺑﺎﺀﻛﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﺍ ﻓﻤﻦ ٥ ...............
ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﺬﻧﺒﻚ ﻭﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﷲ ٣ ......................... ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﻮﺍ ﻭﺃﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺁﺗﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﻓﺈﺧﻮﺍﻧﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻧﻔﺼﻞ ٢٣ ........................ ﻓﺘﻘﻄﻌﻮﺍ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺯﺑﺮﺍ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺰﺏ ﲟﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻓﺮﺣﻮﻥ ٢٥ ............................. ﻻ ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻲ ﻓﻤﻦ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻏﻮﺕ ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻦ ١٣ ...................
ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﻧﻮﺣﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎﻗﻮﻡ ﺍﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻟﻪ ١٣ ........................... ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺘﻐﻮﺍ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﻓﻀﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ٥ .............. ﻟﻴﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﳍﻢ ﻭﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺯﻗﻬﻢ ٥ ................... ﳏﻤﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺃﺷﺪﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺭﲪﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﻫﻢ ٢٦ ........................
ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﳏﻜﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﻦ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺃﺧﺮ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﻬﺑﺎﺕ٢٤ .......... ٣٠
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ٣ ........................ ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺗﻌﺠﻞ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻣﲔ ﻓﻼ ﺇﰒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ٥ ......................
ﻭﺍﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺸﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺇﺣﺴﺎﻧﺎ ﻭﺑﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﰉ ١٣ ......................... ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺼﻤﻮﺍ ﲝﺒﻞ ﺍﷲ ﲨﻴﻌﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺇﺫ ٢٦ ,٢٥.................... ﻭﺇﻥ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺪﻋﻮﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺣﺴﺒﻚ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻳﺪﻙ ﺑﻨﺼﺮﻩ ﻭﺑﺎﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ٢٥ .................... ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻘﺒﻪ ﻟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﺟﻌﻮﻥ ٧ ..............................................
ﻭﻋﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﺨﻠﻔﻨﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ٢٦ .................... ﻭﻻ ﺗﺄﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﳑﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻔﺴﻖ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﲔ ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻮﻥ ١٦ .................... ﻭﻻ ﳝﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺑﺎﳊﻖ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ١٥ ................. ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺜﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻨﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻏﻮﺕ ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢ ١٣ ..................
ﻭﷲ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﲎ ﻓﺎﺩﻋﻮﻩ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻭﺫﺭﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻠﺤﺪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺃﲰﺎﺋﻪ ﺳﻴﺠﺰﻭﻥ ١٧ ................... ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻓﺤﻜﻤﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺫﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺭﰊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﻛﻠﺖ١٦ ...................... ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺇﻻ ﻧﻮﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻓﺎﻋﺒﺪﻭﻥ ٨ ....................
ﻭﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺍﳉﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻴﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ٧ ....................................................
ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺿﺮﺑﺘﻢ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺘﺒﻴﻨﻮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ٢١ .............................. ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﺫﻛﺮﺍ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ٦ ................................................. ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﻭﱄ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ١٦ .......................... ﻳﺎﺻﺎﺣﱯ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻦ ﺃﺃﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻮﻥ ﺧﲑ ﺃﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﺎﺭ٢٦ ...........................
ﻳﱰﻝ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﺬﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ٨ .......................
٣١
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﺣﻠﻮﺍ ﳍﻢ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ ،ﻭﺣﺮﻣﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﳊﻼﻝ ،ﻓﺄﻃﺎﻋﻮﻫﻢ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻬﺗﻢ ﺇﻳﺎﻫﻢ ١٦ .......... ﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺃﱐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻏﲑ ﺷﺎﻙ ١٩ ......................
ﺃﻗﺘﻠﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ٢٢ ,٢١..................................................... ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﺣﻖ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ٢٢ ...................................................................... ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ٢٢ ................. ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ٢٢ .............. ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ٢٢ .......................................
ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﻋﺼﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﲏ ٢٧ ................... ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺃﻛﻞ ﻭﺷﺮﺏ ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﷲ ٦ .................................................. ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻟﻘﻴﺘﻤﻮﻫﻢ ﻓﺎﻗﺘﻠﻮﻫﻢ ،ﻟﺌﻦ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﺘﻬﻢ ﻷﻗﺘﻠﻨﻬﻢ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻋﺎﺩ ٢٢ ............................
ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻋﺮﻓﺔ ،ﻭﺧﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ٦ ...................... ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻋﺮﻓﺔ ،ﻭﺧﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ٩ ..................... ﲰﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﻘﻠﺘﻪ ٢٠ ......................................................... ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﲏ ﺩﻣﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﲝﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﻬﺑﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ٢٢ ......................
ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺒﺘﻐﻲ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ١٩ ...................... ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ،ﻋﻠﻤﲏ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺃﺫﻛﺮﻙ ﻭﺃﺩﻋﻮﻙ ﺑﻪ ،ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ،ﻗﻞ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ٩ ...............
ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻞ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ،ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ١٩ .............. ﳌﺎ ﺑﻌﺚ ﻣﻌﺎﺫﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺇﻧﻚ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ٨ ...............
ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﻔﺮ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻪ ١٣ .......................... ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﻔﺮ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ٨ ..........
ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺣﺮﻣﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ١٩ ..................
ﻳﺼﺎﺡ ﺑﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺀﻭﺱ ﺍﳋﻼﺋﻖ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ،ﻓﻴﻨﺸﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻌﻮﻥ ٩ ............
٣٢
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ :ﳌﻌﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﶈﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ٢ ...... ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ٥ .................................................................................... ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ٧ ................................................................ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ٩ ......................................................................... ﺇﻋﺮﺍﻬﺑﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﻛﺎﻬﻧﺎ ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎ ١١ ................................................................ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ١٣ .............................................................. ﻣﱴ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ١٩ ......................................... ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ٢٥ ........................................................................ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ ٢٩ ................................................................... ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ٣٠ ........................................................................... ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ٣٢ ........................................................................
٣٣
ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﺃﺛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﺠﻤﻟﺘﻤﻊ ﺑﻘﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺑﻦ ﻓﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻳﺎﺽ
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﺗﻘﺪﱘ :ﳌﻌﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﶈﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﳍﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺸﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻐﻠﻐﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ،ﺇﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺼﺒﻴﺔ ﺟﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺭﻏﻢ ﻗﻠﺘﻬﺎ - ﻭﷲ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ -ﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﻋﺪﺩًﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﻃﺮﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺧﻄﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ،ﻭﺗﺄﺛﲑﻩ ﰲ ﻣﺴﲑﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ . ﻭﳏﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ،ﻭﻛﺸﻒ ﺿﻼﻟﺘﻬﻢ ،ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻫﻢ ،ﻭﳐﺎﻟﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺪﻯ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﲨﻌﺎﺀ . ﻭﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ،ﻭﺇﻳﻀﺎﺣﻪ ﲡﺎﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ،ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻬﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻯ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪﺓ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻫﺎ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻭﺯﻳﻦ ﳍﺎ ﺳﻮﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻋﻠﻞ ﳍﺎ ﺍﳓﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ . ﻭﻣﻨﺬ ﻧﺸﺄﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻬﺑﺪﻑ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻬﻪ ﻭﻫﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ،ﻭﺍﷲ ﻳﻘﻴﺾ ﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺿﻼﳍﺎ ،ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻓﺎﺓ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺒﻬﺎ ﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ . ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺗﺰﺧﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ -ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ -ﻭﺑﺴﻄﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ ،ﻭﺗﺮﲨﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ؛ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﳓﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻌﻤﻮﺭﺓ ،ﻭﻟﻴﺘﺠﻨﺒﻮﺍ ﲟﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﱴ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﺮﻓﺔ . ﻭﻗﺪ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ) ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ( ﻋﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ،ﻭﺩﺣﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺛﲑﺕ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ . ٢
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻭﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ، ﻭﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻖ ﺑﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ،ﻭﻣﺎ ﲢﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﺨﻪ ﰲ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﳋﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ،ﻓﻴﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋًﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪًﺍ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ،ﻳﺒﲔ ﻓﻴﻪ ) ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ،ﻭﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﺠﻤﻟﺘﻤﻊ ( . ﻭﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻭﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ) ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ( ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ،ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﲨﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ،ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
!šÎ7/Ρs%Î
{
)(١
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﻞ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ } :
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ } :
öÏøótGó™$#uρ ª!$# ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω …絯Ρr& óΟn=÷æ$$sù
∩∇∪ 4o_ó¡çtø:$# â!$yϑó™F{$# ã&s! ( uθèδ ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω ª!$#
{
)(٢
،
©tµ≈s9Î) Iω 4 ÅÝó¡É)ø9$$Î/ $JϑÍ←!$s% ÉΟù=Ïèø9$# (#θä9'ρé&uρ èπs3Íׯ≈n=yϑø9$#uρ uθèδ ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω …絯Ρr& ª!$# y‰Îγx
). (٣) { ∩⊇∇∪ ÞΟŠÅ6y⇔ø9$# Ⓝ͖yêø9$# uθèδ ωÎ ﻭﻛﺮﺭ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﻬﺗﺎ ﰲ ﺁﻳﺘﲔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ،ﻣﻊ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺋﻪ ﺍﳊﺴﲎ ﰲ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ
ﺍﳊﺸﺮ ،ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
ß≈oΗ÷q§9$# uθèδ ( Íοy‰≈y㤱9$#uρ É=ø‹tóø9$# ÞΟÎ=≈tã ( uθèδ ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω “Ï%©!$# ª!$# uθèδ
Ⓝ͓yèø9$# Ú∅Ïϑø‹yγßϑø9$# ßÏΒ÷σßϑø9$# ãΝ≈n=¡¡9$# â¨ρ‘‰à)ø9$# à7Î=yϑø9$# uθèδ ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω ”Ï%©!$# ª!$# uθèδ ∩⊄⊄∪ ÞΟŠÏm§9$#
{ ∩⊄⊂∪ šχθà2Îô³ç„ $£ϑtã «!$# z≈ysö6ß™ 4 çÉi9x6tGßϑø9$# â‘$¬6yfø9$#
)(٤
.
ﻣﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻪ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻣﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ً ﻧﻄﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﹰﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺩﻣﻪ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻓﻀﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ،ﻭﺃﺭﻛﺎﻬﻧﺎ ،ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﰒ ﺍﻋﺘﲎ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﱴ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﻣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ؟ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺃﻥ ﳎﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻆ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ،ﻣﺰﻳﻼ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﺭﺩ ) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٩ : ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻃﻪ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٨ : ) (٣ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٨ : ) (٤ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺸﺮ ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ . ٢٣ - ٢٢ : ٣
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﺣﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﺩًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ؛ ﻛﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ،ﻣﺜﺒﺘًﺎ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺎﺭﺳﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺣﺔ ﻭﻗﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ) ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ( ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ ، ﻭﻳﻀﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺩﺓ . ﻭﻗﺪ ﺧﺘﻢ ﲝﺜﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪﺓ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﻠﺖ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺇﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨًﺎ ،ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ،ﻭﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﻬﺗﺎ ،ﻭﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﳍﺎ ،ﻭﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﻌﺔ ﻷﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ . ﻓﺠﺰﺍﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺧﲑ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺀ ،ﻭﻧﻔﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ،ﻭﺣﻘﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﲨﻴﻌًﺎ ،ﻭﺍﷲ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻱ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﻭﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﱃ ﻭﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﲑ . ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﶈﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ
٤
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﳓﻤﺪﻩ ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮﻩ ،ﻭﻧﺘﻮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ،ﻭﻧﻌﻮﺫ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﺭ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ ،ﻣﻦ ﻳﻬﺪﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻼ ﻣﻀﻞ ﻟﻪ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻀﻠﻞ ﻓﻼ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻪ ،ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ،ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ،ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ً ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ،ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺒﻌﻪ ﻭﲤﺴﻚ ﺑﺴﻨﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ . . . ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ : ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺬﻛﺮﻩ ،ﻭﺃﺛﲎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﻳﻦ ،ﻭﻭﻋﺪﻫﻢ ﺃﺟﺮًﺍ ﻋﻈﻴﻤًﺎ ،
ﻓﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰﺎ ،ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ . . .ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
nο4θn=¢Á9$# ÞΟçFøŠŸÒs% #sŒÎ*sù
. (١) { 4 öΝà6Î/θãΖã_ 4’n?tãuρ #YŠθãèè%uρ $Vϑ≈uŠÏ% ©!$# (#ρãà2øŒ$$sù ﻭﻗﺎﻝ } :
£‰x©r & ÷ρr& öΝà2u!$t/#u ö/ä.Ìø.É‹x . ©!$# (#ρãà2øŒ$$sù öΝà6s3Å¡≈oΨ¨Β ΟçGøŠŸÒs% #sŒÎ*sù
. (٢) { 3 #\ò2ÏŒ ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﳊﺞ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ،ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
. (٣) { ( ÏΘ#tysø9$# Ìyèô±yϑø9$# y‰ΨÏã ©!$# (#ρãà2øŒ$$sù ;M≈sùttã ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
. (٤) { ( ÉΟ≈yè÷ΡF{$#
ï∅ÏiΒ ΟçFôÒsùr& !#sŒÎ*sù
Ïπyϑ‹Îγt/ .ÏiΒ Νßγs%y—u‘ $tΒ 4’n?tã BM≈tΒθè=÷è¨Β 5Θ$−ƒr& þ’Îû «!$# zΝó™$# (#ρãà2õ‹tƒuρ
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ . (٥) { 4 ;N≡yŠρ߉÷è¨Β 5Θ$−ƒr& þ’Îû ©!$# (#ρãä.øŒ$#uρ * } :
ﻭﺷﺮﻉ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻟﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ . (٦) { ∩⊇⊆∪ ü“Ìò2Ï%Î! nο4θn=¢Á9$# ÉΟÏ%r&uρ } : ) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٠٣ : ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢٠٠ : ) (٣ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٩٨ : ) (٤ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺞ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢٨ : ) (٥ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢٠٣ : ) (٦ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻃﻪ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٤ : ٥
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ
} ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺃﻛﻞ ﻭﺷﺮﺏ ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﷲ {
ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ( . . .ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
)(١
) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ
Zοtõ3ç/ çνθßsÎm7y™uρ ∩⊆⊇∪ #ZÏVx. #[ø.ÏŒ ©!$# (#ρâè0øŒ$# (#θãΖtΒ#u tÏ%©!$# $pκš‰r'¯≈tƒ
. (٢) { ∩⊆⊄∪ ¸ξ‹Ï¹r&uρ
ﻭﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ :ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ،ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺃﻧﻪ
ﻗﺎﻝ } :ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻋﺮﻓﺔ ،ﻭﺧﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ
ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ،ﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ {
)(٣
) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ (
ﻭﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ) ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ( ﳍﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﱰﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ،ﻭﳍﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ،ﻭﳍﺎ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ،ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ، ﺭﺍﺟﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﹼﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺁﺛﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ً ، ﻃﻨﺎ . ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺴﻜﲔ ﻬﺑﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﳌﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻭﺑﺎ ً ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ - : ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ،ﻭﻓﻀﻠﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺇﻋﺮﺍﻬﺑﺎ ،ﻭﺃﺭﻛﺎﻬﻧﺎ ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ، ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ،ﻭﻣﱴ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻆ ﻬﺑﺎ ،ﻭﻣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻭﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ،ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ - : ً
) (١ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ ) ، (١١٤١ﺃﲪﺪ ). (٧٥/٥ ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ . ٤٢ - ٤١ : ) (٣ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ ). (٣٥٨٥ ٦
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺇﻬﻧﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻳﻌﻠﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺃﺫﺍﻬﻧﻢ ﻭﺇﻗﺎﻣﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﰲ ﺧﻄﺒﻬﻢ ﻭﳏﺎﺩﺛﺎﻬﺗﻢ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ،ﻭﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ،ﻭﻬﺑﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻠﻪ ، ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﻭﺷﺮﻉ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﻌﻪ ،ﻭﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﺼﺒﺖ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ،ﻭﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻭﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺎﻡ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ،ﻭﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻭﻛﻔﺎﺭ ،ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻘﺔ ،ﻭﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ، ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ،ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺼﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ ،ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺳﺴﺖ ﺍﳌﻠﺔ ،ﻭﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺟﺮﺩﺕ ﺳﻴﻮﻑ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ،ﻓﻬﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ،ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ،ﻭﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ . . .ﻓﻼ ﺗﺰﻭﻝ ﻗﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﷲ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺘﲔ ) :ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ؟ ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﺟﺒﺘﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ ؟ ( ،ﻭﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭًﺍ ﻭﻋﻤﻼ ،ﻭﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ) ﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﻴﺎﺩًﺍ ﻭﻃﺎﻋﺔ ( . ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺓ
ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻘﻰ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ } :
∩⊄∇∪ tβθãèÅ_ötƒ öΝßγ¯=yès9 ϵÎ7É)tã ’Îû Zπu‹Ï%$t/ OπyϑÎ=x.
{
)( ١
.ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ،ﻭﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ،ﻗﺎﻝ
ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
©ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω 4 ÅÝó¡É)ø9$$Î/ $JϑÍ←!$s% ÉΟù=Ïèø9$# (#θä9'ρé&uρ èπs3Íׯ≈n=yϑø9$#uρ uθèδ ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω …絯Ρr& ª!$# y‰Îγx
{ ∩⊇∇∪ ÞΟŠÅ6y⇔ø9$# Ⓝ͖yêø9$# uθèδ
)( ٢
،ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ .
ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﻖ ،ﻭﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﳊﻖ ،ﻭﺑﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ،ﻭﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ
ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ { ∩∈∉∪ Èβρ߉ç7÷èu‹Ï9 ωÎ) }§ΡM}$#uρ £Ågø:$# àMø)n=yz $tΒuρ } : ) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢٨ : ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٨ : ) (٣ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٥٦ : ٧
)(٣
.
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻭﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ،ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ } :
ÏΒ šÎ=ö6s% ÏΒ $uΖù=y™ö‘r& !$tΒuρ
‘§™. (١) { ∩⊄∈∪ Èβρ߉ç7ôã$$sù O$tΡr& HωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω …絯Ρr& ϵø‹s9Î) ûÇrθçΡ ωÎ) @Αθß ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
…絯Ρr& (#ÿρâ‘É‹Ρr& ÷βr& ÿÍνÏŠ$t6Ïã ôÏΒ â!$t±o„ tΒ 4’n?tã ÍνÌøΒr& ôÏΒ Çyρ”9$$Î/ sπs3Íׯ≈n=yϑø9$# ãΑÍi”t∴ãƒ
{ ∩⊄∪ Èβθà)¨?$$sù O$tΡr& HωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω
)(٢
.
ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﻴﻨﺔ :ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺮﻓﻬﻢ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺇﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ،ﻓﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻋﺼﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺩﻣﻪ ، ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺩﻣﻪ ﻫﺪﺭ ،ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ } ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﻔﺮ
ﲟﺎ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ { ) ) (٣ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ
) ( . ( ٢٣ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ
} ﳌﺎ ﺑﻌﺚ ﻣﻌﺎﺫﹰﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ :ﺇﻧﻚ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻗﻮﻣًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ {
)( ٤
ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﺎﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﲔ ) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ
ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ) ( ٢٥٥/٣ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ) . ( . ( ١٩ ﻭﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ،ﻭﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ؛ ﻷﻬﻧﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺒﲎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ .
) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢٥ : ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢ : ) (٣ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٣ﺃﲪﺪ ). (٣٩٤/٦ ) (٤ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ) ، (١٣٨٩ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (١٩ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ) ، (٦٢٥ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ) ، (٢٤٣٥ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ) ، (١٥٨٤ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ) ، (١٧٨٣ﺃﲪﺪ ) ، (٢٣٣/١ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ). (١٦١٤ ٨
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻓﻀﻞ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻓﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ،ﻭﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ،ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﹰ ﻛﺎﺫﺑﺎ ﺣﻘﻨﺖ ﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﺮﺯﺕ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ ً ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ،ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ،ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ،ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ،ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ
ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﳋﺪﺭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﻝ } :ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ،ﻋﻠﻤﲏ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﺃﺫﻛﺮﻙ ﻭﺃﺩﻋﻮﻙ ﺑﻪ ،ﻗﺎﻝ :ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ،ﻗﻞ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻗﺎﻝ :ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻙ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻗﺎﻝ :ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ،ﻟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﻭﻋﺎﻣﺮﻫﻦ ﻏﲑﻱ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺿﲔ
ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﰲ ﻛﻔﺔ ،ﻭﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻛﻔﺔ ،ﻣﺎﻟﺖ ﻬﺑﻦ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ {
)(١
) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ
) ( ٥٢٨/١ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ) ( ٢٣٢٤ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﻤﺂﻥ ( .ﻓﺎﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ } :ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﻮﻡ ً ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ،ﻭﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ
ﻋﺮﻓﺔ ،ﻭﺧﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ،ﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ
ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ { ) (٢ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ) ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ
ﺭﻗﻢ ) ( . ( ٣٥٧٩ﻭﳑﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻭﺣﺴﻨﻪ ، ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ :ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ،ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ :ﻗﺎﻝ
ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ُ } ﻳﺼَﺎﺡ ﺑﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺀﻭﺱ ﺍﳋﻼﺋﻖ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ،ﻓﻴﻨﺸﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ
ﻭﺗﺴﻌﻮﻥ ﺳﺠﻼ ﻛﻞ ﺳﺠﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ،ﰒ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﺗﻨﻜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ :ﻻ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ،ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ :ﺃﻟﻚ ﻋﺬﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ؟ ﻓﻴﻬﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻻ .ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ :ﺑﻠﻰ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺕ ،ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ،ﻓﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ،ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ :ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ،ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ : ﺇﻧﻚ ﻻ ﺗﻈﻠﻢ ،ﻓﺘﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﰲ ﻛﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻔﺔ ،ﻓﻄﺎﺷﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﻭﺛﻘﻠﺖ ) (١ﺃﲪﺪ ). (١٧٠/٢ ) (٢ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ ). (٣٥٨٥ ٩
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ {
)(١
) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺭﻗﻢ ) ( ٢٦٤١ﰲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ) ( ٦ ٥٠/ ١
ﻭﻏﲑﳘﺎ ( .ﻭﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺫﻛﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺓ ) ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ( ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ،ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ :ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﲦﻦ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﳒﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ :ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﳌﻐﻔﺮﺓ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺎﺕ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﲤﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﳋﻄﺎﻳﺎ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﲡﺪﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺗﺮﺟﺢ ﺑﺼﺤﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﲣﺮﻕ ﺍﳊﺠﺐ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺼﺪﻕ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ّ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ،ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻔﹰﺎ ،ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻝ ﻋﺘﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺏ ،ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺮﺯًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﻭﻫﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﺸﺮ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﺘﻘﺼﲑﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﻬﻧﻢ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ،ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ .
) (١ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٦٣٩ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ ). (٤٣٠٠ ١٠
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﺇﻋﺮﺍﻬﺑﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﻛﺎﻬﻧﺎ ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎ ﺃ -ﺇﻋﺮﺍﻬﺑﺎ : ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺇﻋﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ -ﺭﲪﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ -ﻗﺪ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﻮﺍ ﺑﺈﻋﺮﺍﺏ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ ) :ﻻ( ﻧﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺲ ،ﻭ)ﺇﻟﻪ( ﺍﲰﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﲏ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ،ﻭﺧﱪﻫﺎ ﳏﺬﻭﻑ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻩ ) :ﺣﻖ ( ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺣﻖ ،ﻭ)ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ( ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﱪ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻮﻉ ،ﻭﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ :ﺍﳌﺄﻟﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺄﳍﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺗﻘﺼﺪﻩ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻧﻔﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺿﺮﺭ ،ﻭﻳﻐﻠﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺧﱪﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ) :ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩ ( ﻓﻘﻂ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﺿﺮﺣﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺒﻮﺩ ﲝﻖ ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻓﻤﻌﺒﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ،ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ ،ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﺭﻛﲏ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ . ﺏ -ﺭﻛﻨﺎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ : ﳍﺎ ﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ :ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ . ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ . ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻖ ،ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﳍﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ
ﺍﲣﺬﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﻓﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ } ،
ÏΒ šχθããô‰tƒ $tΒ χr&uρ ‘,ysø9$# uθèδ ©!$# χr'Î/ šÏ9≡sŒ
. (١) { ã≅ÏÜ≈t6ø9$# uθèδ ϵÏΡρߊ
ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ :ﻓﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺇﳍﻴﺘﻪ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ :ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻪ ،ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻷﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ) ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻪ ( ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻲ ﺇﳍﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﲞﻼﻑ ﻗﻮﻝ :ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻓﺎﺣﺸﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺴﺮ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ً ﻏﻠﻄﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺣﺼﺮ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ،ﻭﻗﺪ ﻏﻠﻂ ﹰ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ . ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ :ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﻭﳓﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ ) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺞ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٦٢ : ١١
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ؟ ﻗﻴﻞ :ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﲔ ؛ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﻉ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ،ﻭﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ، ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻃﻼ . ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ :ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻺﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻖ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﹰﺎ ﺇﳍﺎ ،ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ،ﻭﻣﱴ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﺈﻟﻪ ﺣﻖ ﻭﺇﻥ ﲰﻲ ﹰ ﻗﺎ ً ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﲔ ، ﻭﻟﻮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺘﺄﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﳐﻄﺊ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ . ﺟـ -ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ : ﻓﺈﻬﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻔﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ : ﺍﻷﻭﻝ :ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﲟﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻧﻔﻴًﺎ ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗًﺎ ،ﻓﻤﻦ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﺈﻬﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻔﻌﻪ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ،ﻛﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ . ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ :ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﰲ ﻟﻠﺸﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺐ . ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ :ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﰲ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻙ ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ . ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ :ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ ،ﻓﺈﻬﻧﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﺑﺄﻟﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻳﻦ ﳌﺪﻟﻮﳍﺎ . ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ :ﺍﶈﺒﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﳌﺎ ﺩﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ،ﲞﻼﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮﻥ . ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ :ﺍﻻﻧﻘﻴﺎﺩ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺀ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﺇﺧﻼﺻًﺎ ﷲ ﻭﻃﻠﺒًﺎ ﳌﺮﺿﺎﺗﻪ ، ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ . ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ :ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﰲ ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻘﻴﺎﺩ ﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﺎ ﻬﻧﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ . ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﲞﺼﻮﺹ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ،ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﻴﻮﺩﻫﺎ ،ﻭﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﳎﺮﺩ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ .
١٢
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﺗﻀﺢ ﳑﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻻ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩ ﲝﻖ ﺇﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﺘﻀﻤﻨﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺒﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺈﻟﻪ ﺣﻖ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ . ﻣﻘﺮﻭﻧﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ً ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻛﺜﲑًﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ
ﺗﺼﺢ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺷﺮﺍﻙ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻣﻌﻪ ،ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ . (١) { ( $\↔ø‹x© ϵÎ/ (#θä.Îô³è@ Ÿωuρ ©!$# (#ρ߉ç6ôã$#uρ * } : ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
Ÿω 4’s+øOâθø9$# Íοuρóãèø9$$Î/ y7|¡ôϑtGó™$# ωs)sù «!$$Î/ -∅ÏΒ÷σãƒuρ ÏNθäó≈©Ü9$$Î/ öàõ3tƒ yϑsù
. (٢) { ∩⊄∈∉∪ îΛÎ=tæ ìì‹Ïÿxœ ª!$#uρ 3 $oλm; tΠ$|ÁÏΡ$# ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
( |Nθäó≈©Ü9$#
{
)( ٣
(#θç7Ï⊥tGô_$#uρ ©!$# (#ρ߉ç6ôã$# Âχr& »ωθß™§‘ 7π¨Βé& Èe≅à2 ’Îû $uΖ÷Wyèt/ ô‰s)s9uρ
.
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ } ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﻔﺮ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻪ {
)(٤
) ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺭﻗﻢ ) ( ٢٣ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ . ( .
ﻭﻛﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻘﻮﻣﻪ . . . (٥) { ÿ…çνçöxî >µ≈s9Î) ôÏiΒ Νä3s9 $tΒ ©!$# (#ρ߉ç7ôã$# } :ﺇﱃ ﻏﲑ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ :ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻭﺇﻳﻀﺎﺣﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ :ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻏﲑ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻄﺎﻉ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻌﺼﻰ ﻫﻴﺒﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺇﺟﻼﻻ ،ﻭﳏﺒﺔ ﻭﺧﻮﻓﹰﺎ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﺀ ،ﻭﺗﻮﻛﻼ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﺆﺍﻻ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻟﻪ ،ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ . ) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٣٦ : ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢٥٦ : ) (٣ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٣٦ : ) (٤ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٣ﺃﲪﺪ ). (٣٩٤/٦ ) (٥ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٥٩ : ١٣
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﳌﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ
ﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﻳﺶ :ﻗﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ } :
)∩∈∪ Ò>$yfãã íóy´s9 #x‹≈yδ ¨βÎ) ( #´‰Ïn≡uρ $Yγ≈s9Î
{
)(١
&sπoλÎ;Fψ$# Ÿ≅yèy_r
.ﻓﻔﻬﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﺗﺒﻄﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ
ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ،ﻭﲢﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ،ﻭﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻓﺘﺒﲔ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ،ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ،ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ :ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ،ﻭﺑﻄﻼﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ،ﻭﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﻄﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﻫﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ،ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﻩ ﺫﻟﻚ .ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻻ ﺣﺎﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﷲ ،ﻭﻳﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻓﺴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ،ﻭﻟﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﲑ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺑﺎﺋﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺬﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﻑ ﺑﻘﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﱪﻙ ﺑﺘﺮﺑﺘﻬﻢ ،ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻛﻮﻬﻧﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ،ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ، ﻭﻳﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﻏﲑﻩ ﺇﻻ ﻟﺰﻋﻤﻬﻢ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﻳﻘﺮﺑﻮﻬﻧﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺯﻟﻔﻰ ﻻ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﳜﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺮﺯﻗﻮﻥ ،ﻓﺎﳊﺎﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ، ﻓﻼ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﳋﺼﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ . ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﺯﻋﻤﻪ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ،ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺒﺎﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ :ﺃﻗﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ،ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ،ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ :ﲢﺎﻛﻤﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﻭﺳﻜﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ،ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﻓﻬﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ) ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ( ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻗﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺒﻄﻼﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﳎﺮﺩ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻻ
) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺹ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٥ : ١٤
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻟﻪ ،ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻧﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ } :
&íóy´s9 #x‹≈yδ ¨βÎ) ( #´‰Ïn≡uρ $Yγ≈s9Î) sπoλÎ;Fψ$# Ÿ≅yèy_r
.(١) { ∩∈∪ Ò>$yfãã
ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ } :
)$¨ΖÍ←r& tβθä9θà)tƒuρ ∩⊂∈∪ tβρçÉ9õ3tGó¡o„ ª!$# ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω öΝçλm; Ÿ≅‹Ï% #sŒÎ) (#þθçΡ%x. öΝåκ¨ΞÎ
∩⊂∉∪ ¥βθãΖøg¤Χ 9Ïã$t±Ï9 $oΨÏGyγÏ9#u (#þθä.Í‘$tGs9
{
)(٢
.ﻓﻌﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ
ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺇﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ،ﻭﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﻮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺄﻧﻔﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ،ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻻ ﻳﺄﻧﻔﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﻨﻴﻊ ، ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﰒ ﻳﻨﻘﻀﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺣﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺘﺒﺎ ﳌﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﳍﺐ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﲟﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ . ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺻﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﺭﻓﹰﺎ ﳌﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﻼ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ،ﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺣﻘﺎ ، ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﷲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺎﺯﻡ ﳌﺎ ﺗﻀﻤﻨﺘﻪ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ًّ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻭﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﳌﺎ ﺩﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻖ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﺑﻠﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﲞﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﰲ ﳍﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ،ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﻬﺑﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
)y‰Íκy− tΒ ωÎ
. (٣) { ∩∇∉∪ tβθßϑn=ôètƒ öΝèδuρ Èd,ysø9$$Î/
ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﱘ ،ﻭﺭﻓﺾ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ،ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } : 4 ª!$# ϵÎ/ .βsŒù'tƒ öΝs9 $tΒ ÉÏe$!$#
{
)(٤
&zÏiΒ Οßγs9 (#θããuŸ° (#àσ¯≈Ÿ2uà° óΟßγs9 ÷Πr
،ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ
ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻭﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺹ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٥ : ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ . ٣٦ - ٣٥ : ) (٣ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٨٦ : ) (٤ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢١ : ١٥
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻣﻌﲎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺭﻓﺾ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﳋﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺒﺘﺪﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺮﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﺷﻴﺎﻃﲔ ﺍﻹﻧﺲ
ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺸﺮﻙ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ } : ﻭﺍﳉﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﹰ
&÷Πr
. (١) { 4 ª!$# ϵÎ/ .βsŒù'tƒ öΝs9 $tΒ ÉÏe$!$# zÏiΒ Οßγs9 (#θããuŸ° (#àσ¯≈Ÿ2uà° óΟßγs9
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ . (٢) { ∩⊇⊄⊇∪ tβθä.Îô³çRmQ öΝä3¯ΡÎ) öΝèδθßϑçG÷èsÛr& ÷βÎ)uρ } :
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ { «!$# Âχρߊ ÏiΒ $\/$t/ö‘r& öΝßγuΖ≈t6÷δâ‘uρ öΝèδu‘$t6ômr& (#ÿρä‹sƒªB$# } :
)(٣
.
ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ } ﺗﻼ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻱ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺎﰎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ :ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ،ﻟﺴﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺒﺪﻫﻢ ،ﻗﺎﻝ :ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﳛﻠﻮﻥ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺘﺤﻠﻮﻧﻪ ،
ﻭﳛﺮﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺘﺤﺮﻣﻮﻧﻪ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ :ﺑﻠﻰ .ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻓﺘﻠﻚ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻬﺗﻢ { ) ) (٤ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺭﻗﻢ ) ( ٣٠٩٤ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ . ( . ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ :ﻓﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺃﺭﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ،ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ،ﺍﳌﻨﺎﰲ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﲣﺬﻭﻫﻢ ً ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ . . .ﻓﺘﺒﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﳌﻨﺎﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﳌﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ . ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﳚﺐ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ . . .
ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ . (٥) { ÉΑθß™§9$#uρ «!$# ’n<Î) çνρ–Šãsù &óx« ’Îû ÷Λäôãt“≈uΖs? βÎ*sù } :
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ { ’În1u‘ ª!$# ãΝä3Ï9≡sŒ 4 «!$# ’n<Î) ÿ…çµßϑõ3ßssù &óx« ÏΒ ÏµŠÏù ÷Λäøn=tG÷z$# $tΒuρ } :
)(٦
.ﻭﻗﺪ
ﺣﻜﻢ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﱂ ﳛﻜﻢ ﲟﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺑﻈﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﻓﺴﻘﻪ ،ﻭﻧﻔﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢١ : ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٢١ : ) (٣ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٣١ : ) (٤ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ). (٣٠٩٥ ) (٥ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٥٩ : ) (٦ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٠ : ١٦
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﻐﲑ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﺒﻴﺤﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺻﻠﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺷﺮﻙ ﻳﻨﺎﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ ،ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺒﻴﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﺐ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﲪﻠﻪ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺘﻪ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻭﺷﺮﻙ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻳُﻨﻘﱢﺾُ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ . ﹰﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻼ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﻬﺗﻢ ﻭﺗﺼﺮﻓﺎﻬﺗﻢ ،ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻔﻈﹰﺎ ﻳﺮﺩﺩ ﻟﻠﱪﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ ﳌﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻨﻪ ﻛﺜﲑ ﳑﻦ ﻳﺘﻠﻔﻈﻮﻥ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺑﺄﻟﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ ،ﻭﳜﺎﻟﻔﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﻬﺗﻢ ﻭﺗﺼﺮﻓﺎﻬﺗﻢ . ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲰﻰ ﻭﻭﺻﻒ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ،ﺃﻭ
ﲰﺎﻩ ﻭﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
tÏ%©!$# (#ρâ‘sŒuρ ( $pκÍ5 çνθãã÷Š$$sù 4o_ó¡çtø:$# â!$oÿôœF{$# ¬!uρ
∩⊇∇⊃∪ tβθè=yϑ÷ètƒ (#θçΡ%x. $tΒ tβ÷ρt“ôfã‹y™ 4 ϵÍׯ≈yϑó™r& þ’Îû šχρ߉Åsù=ãƒ
{
)(١
.ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﻴﺪ :ﻭﺃﺻﻞ
ﺍﻹﳊﺎﺩ ﰲ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﳉﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ،ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ،ﻭﺩﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ . ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ :ﻓﺎﻹﳊﺎﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻣﺎ ﲜﺤﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭﻫﺎ ،ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﲜﺤﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ ، ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻼﺕ ،ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻛﺈﳊﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ﻓﺈﻬﻧﻢ ﺟﻌﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﳏﻤﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﺬﻣﻮﻣﻬﺎ . . . ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ . ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﳊﺪ ﰲ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ؛ ﻷﻥ
ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﲰﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ،ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ { ( $pκÍ5 çνθãã÷Š$$sù } :
ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﳍﺎ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﻭﲟﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ . . . ) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٨٠ : ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٨٠ : ١٧
)(٢
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ :ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺯﻋﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ،ﻭﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﻞ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺇﻣﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻘﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﲔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧًﺎ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻬﻧﺎ ﺃﻫﻢ ؛ ﻷﻬﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲤﺎﻡ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ،ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﻬﺗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧًﺎ ﺷﺎﻓﻴًﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﺒﺲ . ﻭﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ . ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﰲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ،ﺃﻋﲏ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻻ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ . ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ :ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻄﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺭﺑﺎ ،ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺬﻣﻮﻡ ﻣﻌﻴﺐ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ،ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﳍﹰﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺪﺑﺮًﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ،ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﳌﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻧﻌﻮﺕ ﺍﳉﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ،ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﲰﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻛﺘﺒﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺻﻨﻔﻮﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻮﺣﻴﺪﺍ ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ،ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻩ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻭﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻭﺗﻜﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﺗ ً ﻭﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺼﺎﻧﻊ ﻭﺟﺤﺪ ﻟﻪ ،ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻩ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺗﱰﻳﻬﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺋﺾ .
١٨
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻣﱴ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺑًﺎ ﲟﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻮﻫﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﳎﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻆ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ،ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ،ﺍﻗﺘﻀﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﻋﻤﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﳊﻖ ،ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺘﺒﺎﻥ . . .ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ :
} ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺒﺘﻐﻲ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ {
)( ١
) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ
ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ٢٠٦/١١ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺭﻗﻢ ) ( . ( ٣٣ﻗﺎﻝ :ﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ
ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ،ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻗﺎﻝ } :ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻞ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ :ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ،ﻗﺎﻝ :ﻟﺒﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻌﺪﻳﻚ ،ﻗﺎﻝ :ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻻ ﺣﺮﻣﻪ
ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ { ) ) (٢ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ( . ١٩٩/١ﻭﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋًﺎ } :ﻭﻣﻦ
ﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺣﺮﻣﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ {
)(٣
) ﺻﺤﻴﺢ
ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ) ( ٢٢٩-٢٢٨/١ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ( .ﻭﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ،ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳛﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ،ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﰲ ﻏﺰﻭﺓ ﺗﺒﻮﻙ -ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ -ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ً
ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ } ﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺃﱐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻏﲑ ﺷﺎﻙ ﻓﻴﺤﺠﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ {
)(٤
ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ) ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ
) . ( . ( ٢٢٤/١ ) (١ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ) ، (٤١٥ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ). (٣٣ ) (٢ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ) ، (١٢٨ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٣٢ﺃﲪﺪ ). (٢٦١/٣ ) (٣ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٩ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٦٣٨ﺃﲪﺪ ). (٣١٨/٥ ) (٤ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٧ﺃﲪﺪ ). (٤٢١/٢ ١٩
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ : ﻗﺎﻝ :ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ :ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ً ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺇﳕﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ،ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻣﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻴﻘﻨﺎ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻏﲑ ﺷﺎﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﻳﻘﲔ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﳒﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ً ﲨﻠﺔ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺧﺎﻟﺼًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳒﺬﺍﺏ ﻧﺼﻮﺣﺎ ،ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﻝ ً ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ،ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ﺗﻮﺑﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻥ ﺷﻌﲑﺓ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻥ ﺧﺮﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻥ ﺫﺭﺓ ،ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﺕ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻛﺜﲑًﺍ ﳑﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﰒ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﺕ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﻛﻞ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ ،ﻓﻬﺆﻻﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺴﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﷲ ،ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﺕ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﳛﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ،ﻟﻜﻦ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻣﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﳍﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳜﺸﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﱳ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻓﻴﺤﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﳍﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﳍﺎ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪًﺍ ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﱂ ﳜﺎﻟﻂ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ،ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻔﱳ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ
ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ } ﲰﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻓﻘﻠﺘﻪ {
)(١
ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺇﳕﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ
ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﺑﺄﻣﺜﺎﳍﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
{ ∩⊄⊄∪ tβρ߉tGôγ•Β ΝÏδÌ≈rO#u
)(٢
)#’n?tã $¯ΡÎ)uρ 7π¨Βé& #’n?tã $tΡu!$t/#u !$tΡô‰y`uρ $¯ΡÎ
ﻭﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ ﻓﻼ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺎﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﺑﺈﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﻳﻘﲔ
ﺗﺎﻡ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻣﺼﺮًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻧﺐ ﺃﺻﻼ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺇﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻴﻨﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﳌﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﻛﺮﺍﻫﻴﺔ ﳌﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ،ﹰ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ،ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺫﻧﻮﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ
) (١ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ) ، (٨٦ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﻑ ) ، (٩٠٥ﺃﲪﺪ ) ، (٣٥٥/٦ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺓ ). (٤٤٧ ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢٢ : ٢٠
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺒﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﻟﻪ ﺫﻧﺒًﺎ ﺇﻻ ﳝﺤﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ،ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ . ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ : ﻭﳍﻢ ﺷﺒﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ :ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﻣﺔ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ } :ﺃﻗﺘﻠﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ { ) (١ﻭﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﻋﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ،
ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳉﻬﻠﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ،ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﻝ : ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺳﺒﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﺗﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﲏ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ً ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ،ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻗﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ،ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳉﻬﻠﺔ ﻭﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﱠ ﹼ ﻣﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﻗﺘﻞ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺤﺪ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ،ﻭﺗﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﻗﺘﻞ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺤﺪ ﹰ ﺟﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺭﺃﺳﻪ ! ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻬﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ . ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ :ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺳﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺭﺟﻼ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻇﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺧﻮﻓﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻪ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﺒﲔ
ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ } (#θãΖ¨Šu;tFsù
{
)(٢
«!$# È≅‹Î6y™ ’Îû óΟçFö/uŸÑ #sŒÎ) (#þθãΖtΒ#u šÏ%©!$# $pκš‰r'¯≈tƒ
.ﺃﻱ :ﻓﺘﺜﺒﺘﻮﺍ ،ﻓﺎﻵﻳﺔ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﺖ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﺒﲔ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ (٣) { (#θãΖ¨Šu;tFsù } :ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻌﲎ ،ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺫﻟﻚ . . .ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ) (١ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺯﻱ ) ، (٤٠٢١ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٩٦ﺃﲪﺪ ). (٢٠٠/٥ ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٩٤ : ) (٣ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٩٤ : ٢١
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ } :ﺃﻗﺘﻠﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ {
} ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ {
)( ٢
)( ١
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ :
ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ
ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﺝ } :ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻟﻘﻴﺘﻤﻮﻫﻢ ﻓﺎﻗﺘﻠﻮﻫﻢ ،ﻟﺌﻦ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﺘﻬﻢ ﻷﻗﺘﻠﻨﻬﻢ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻋﺎﺩ {
)( ٣
ﻣﻊ
ﻛﻮﻬﻧﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻬﺗﻠﻴﻼ ﺣﱴ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﳛﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ،ﻭﻫﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ،ﻓﻠﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻌﻬﻢ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﳌﺎ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﻗﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﲏ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ . ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ :
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺓ " :ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ
} ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ {
)( ٤
ﻗﺎﻝ :ﻓﻔﻬﻢ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺘﻮﻗﻔﻮﺍ ﰲ ﻗﺘﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ،ﻭﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻨﻊ ﻗﺘﺎﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺀ
ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﻤﺎ ؛ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ } ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﲏ ﺩﻣﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﲝﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﻬﺑﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ {
)( ٥
،ﻭﻗﺎﻝ } :ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﺣﻖ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ {
)( ٦
ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻗﺪ
ﺻﺮﳛﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﺃﻧﺲ ﻭﻏﲑﳘﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ : ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ً
} ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﻘﻴﻤﻮﺍ
) (١ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺯﻱ ) ، (٤٠٢١ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٩٦ﺃﲪﺪ ). (٢٠٠/٥ ) (٢ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ) ، (٣٨٥ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٦٠٨ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﲢﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ) ، (٣٩٦٧ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ) ، (٢٦٤١ﺃﲪﺪ ). (٢٢٥/٣ ) (٣ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ). (٢٥٧٨ ) (٤ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٥ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ). (٢٢ ) (٥ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٥ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ). (٢٢ ) (٦ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ) ، (١٣٣٥ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٠ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٦٠٧ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ) ، (٣٠٩٢ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ) ، (١٥٥٦ﺃﲪﺪ ). (١٩/١ ٢٢
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﻳﺆﺗﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ {
)(١
4 öΝßγn=‹Î;y™ (#θ=y⇐sù nο4θŸ2¨“9$# (#âθs?#uuρ
ﻭﻗﺪ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } : { ) . (٢ﻛﻤﺎ ﺩﻝ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
3 ǃÏe$!$# ’Îû öΝä3çΡ≡uθ÷zÎ*sù nο4θŸ2¨“9$# (#âθs?#uuρ
{
)(٣
nο4θn=¢Á9$# (#θãΒ$s%r&uρ (#θç/$s? βÎ*sù nο4θn=¢Á9$# (#θãΒ$s%r&uρ (#θç/$s? βÎ*sù
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻻ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺀ
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻻ ﲢﺼﻞ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺭ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻠﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺭﺃﻭﻩ ﺻﻮﺍﺑًﺎ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻋﻤﻦ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰﺎ ،ﺑﻞ ﻳﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﺑﺈﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﲝﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻓﻜﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ، ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ :ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ :ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻆ ﺑﻼ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ . ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺠﻤﺎﻉ ﺷﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻌﻪ ،ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻩ ﻟﻔﻮﺍﺕ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ -ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﻭﻭﻫﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻇﻬﺮ -ﰒ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺯﺩﻕ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺪﻓﻦ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺗﻪ :ﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﺪﺩﺕ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ :ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﺳﻨﺔ ،ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ :ﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ ،ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻓﺈﻳﺎﻙ ﻭﻗﺬﻑ ﺍﶈﺼﻨﺎﺕ ،ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﺴﻦ :ﺇﻥ ﺃﻧﺎﺳًﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ :ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺄﺩﻯ ﺣﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ،ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﻫﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﳌﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ :ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ :ﺑﻠﻰ ، ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺟﺌﺖ ﲟﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻭﺇﻻ ﱂ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﻚ . ﻭﺃﻇﻦ ﺃﻥ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻘﻠﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺭﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺣﺔ ﻭﻗﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ ،ﻭﻳﻀﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺩﺓ ،ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ) (١ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٥ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ). (٢٢ ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٥ : ) (٣ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١١ : ٢٣
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻛﺤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ، ﺍﺠﻤﻟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﺠﺔ ﳍﻢ uθèδ
} : ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ، ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻳﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ
’Îû tÏ%©!$# $¨Βr'sù ( ×M≈yγÎ7≈t±tFãΒ ãyzé&uρ É=≈tGÅ3ø9$# ‘Πé& £èδ ìM≈yϑs3øt’Χ ×M≈tƒ#u çµ÷ΖÏΒ |=≈tGÅ3ø9$# y7ø‹n=tã tΑt“Ρr& ü“Ï%©!$# 3 ª!$# ωÎ) ÿ…ã&s#ƒÍρù's? ãΝn=÷ètƒ $tΒuρ 3 Ï&Î#ƒÍρù's? u!$tóÏGö/$#uρ ÏπuΖ÷GÏø9$# u!$tóÏGö/$# çµ÷ΖÏΒ tµt7≈t±s? $tΒ tβθãèÎ6®KuŠsù Ô÷ƒy— óΟÎγÎ/θè=è% Ÿω $oΨ−/u‘ ∩∠∪ É=≈t6ø9F{$# (#θä9'ρé& HωÎ) ã©.¤‹tƒ $tΒuρ 3 $uΖÎn/u‘ ωΖÏã ôÏiΒ @≅ä. ϵÎ/ $¨ΖtΒ#u tβθä9θà)tƒ ÉΟù=Ïèø9$# ’Îû tβθã‚Å™≡§9$#uρ ßìÏΒ$y_ y7¨ΡÎ) !$oΨ−/u‘ ∩∇∪ Ü>$¨δuθø9$# |MΡr& y7¨ΡÎ) 4 ºπyϑômu‘ y7Ρà$©! ÏΒ $uΖs9 ó=yδuρ $oΨoK÷ƒy‰yδ øŒÎ) y‰÷èt/ $oΨt/θè=è% ùøÌ“è?
ﺣﻘﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﺭﻧﺎ ﺍﳊﻖ ﹰ.
(١)
{
∩∪ yŠ$yèŠÏϑø9$# ß#Î=÷‚ムŸω ©!$# χÎ) 4 ϵ‹Ïù |=÷ƒu‘ ω 5ΘöθuŠÏ9 Ĩ$¨Ψ9$#
. . . ﻭﺍﺭﺯﻗﻨﺎ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻭﺃﺭﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﺑﺎﻃﻼ ﻭﺍﺭﺯﻗﻨﺎ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺑﻪ
. ٩ - ٧ : ( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ١) ٢٤
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﻠﺖ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺇﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨًﺎ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﲪﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ - : ١ـ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻭﻫﻢ ؛ ﻷﻬﻧﻢ ﻳﺪﻳﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
_ . (١) { 4 (#θè%§xs? Ÿωuρ $Yè‹Ïϑyﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
«!$# È≅ö7pt¿2 (#θßϑÅÁtGôã$#uρ
∩∉⊄∪ šÏΖÏΒ÷σßϑø9$$Î/uρ ÍνÎóÇuΖÎ/ š‚y‰−ƒr& ü“Ï%©!$# uθèδ
y#©9r& ©!$# £Å6≈s9uρ óΟÎγÎ/θè=è% š÷t/ |Mø©9r& !$¨Β $YèŠÏΗsd ÇÚö‘F{$# ’Îû $tΒ |Mø)xΡr& öθs9 4 öΝÍκÍ5θè=è% š÷t/ y#©9r&uρ ∩∉⊂∪ ÒΟŠÅ3ym ͕tã …çµ¯ΡÎ) 4 öΝæηuΖ÷t/
{
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺣﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } : «4 >óx
{
)( ٣
)(٢
) ’Î û ö Ν å κ ÷ ] Ï Β | M ó ¡ © 9 $Y è u ‹ Ï © ( # θç Ρ %x . u ρ ö Ν å κ s ] ƒÏ Š ( # θè % § s ù t Ï % © ! $ # ¨ β Î
.ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
∩∈⊂∪ t β θã m Ì s ù ö Ν Í κ ö ‰ y ‰ s 9
{
)( ٤
.ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﱰﺍﻉ
$y ϑ Î / ¥ > ÷ “ Ï m ‘ ≅ ä . ( #\ ç / ã — ö Ν æ η u Ζ ÷ t / Οè δ t ø Β r & ( # þ θ ã è © Ü s ) t G s ù
.ﻓﻼ ﳚﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ
ﻫﻲ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺍﻋﺘﱪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻩ . ٢ـ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻥ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻼ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻓﻴﻨﻜﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﺍﻥ ﻭﳛﻞ ﳏﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﶈﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﻻﺓ
ﺟﻠﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ . (٥) { ×οuθ÷zÎ) tβθãΖÏΒ÷σßϑø9$# $yϑ¯ΡÎ) } :ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻳﻨﻮﺍ ﻬﺑﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻮﺍ ﻬﺑﺎ ،ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ ) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٠٣ : ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ . ٦٣ - ٦٢ : ) (٣ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٥٩ : ) (٤ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٥٣ : ) (٥ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٠ : ٢٥
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺣﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﻔﺘﺨﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﺐ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻮﺍ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﻮﺍ ﺇﺧﻮﺓ ﻣﺘﺤﺎﺑﲔ ﻛﻤﺎ
ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ { ( öΝæηuΖ÷t/ â!$uΗxqâ‘ Í‘$¤ä3ø9$# ’n?tã â!#£‰Ï©r& ÿ…çµyètΒ tÏ%©!$#uρ 4 «!$# ãΑθß™§‘ Ó‰£ϑpt’Χ } :
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
)(١
.
Λäóst7ô¹r'sù öΝä3Î/θè=è% t÷t/ y#©9r'sù [!#y‰ôãr& ÷ΛäΖä. øŒÎ) öΝä3ø‹n=tæ «!$# |Myϑ÷èÏΡ (#ρãä.øŒ$#uρ
. (٢) { $ZΡ≡uθ÷zÎ) ÿϵÏFuΚ÷èÏΖÎ/ ٣ـ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﻼﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ،ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
ÏM≈ysÎ=≈¢Á9$# (#θè=Ïϑtãuρ óΟä3ΖÏΒ (#θãΖtΒ#u tÏ%©!$# ª!$# y‰tãuρ
”Ï%©!$# ãΝåκs]ƒÏŠ öΝçλm; £uΖÅj3uΚã‹s9uρ öΝÎγÎ=ö6s% ÏΒ šÏ%©!$# y#n=÷‚tGó™$# $yϑŸ2 ÇÚö‘F{$# ’Îû óΟßγ¨ΖxÎ=ø⇐tGó¡uŠs9
{ 4 $\↔ø‹x© ’Î1 šχθä.Îô³ç„ Ÿω Í_tΡρ߉ç6÷ètƒ 4 $YΖøΒr& öΝÎγÏùöθyz ω÷èt/ .ÏiΒ Νåκ¨]s9Ïd‰t7ãŠs9uρ öΝçλm; 4|Ós?ö‘$#
)(٣
ﻓﺮﺑﻂ
ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ . - ٤ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﲏ ﳌﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺭﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﻔﻌﻠﻪ ،ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺨﻄﻪ ﻓﻴﺠﺘﻨﺒﻪ ،ﲞﻼﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺁﳍﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ
ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ،ﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﺪﺑﲑ ﻏﲑ ﺗﺪﺑﲑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
îöyz šχθè%ÌhxtG•Β Ò>$t/ö‘r&u
&. (٤) { ∩⊂∪ â‘$£γs)ø9$# ߉Ïn≡uθø9$# ª!$# ÏΘr
ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ } :
Èβ$tƒÈθtFó¡o„ ö≅yδ @≅ã_tÏj9 $Vϑn=y™ Wξã_u‘uρ tβθÝ¡Å3≈t±tFãΒ â!%x.uఠϵŠÏù Wξã_§‘ WξsWtΒ ª!$# z>uŸÑ
. (٥) { 4 ¸ξsWtΒ
) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢٩ : ) (٢ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ . ١٠٣ : ) (٣ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٥٥ : ) (٤ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٣٩ : ) (٥ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٢٩ : ٢٦
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ :ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ، ﻓﺎﳌﺸﺮﻙ ﲟﱰﻟﺔ ﻋﺒﺪ ﳝﻠﻜﻪ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺯﻋﻮﻥ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺣﻮﻥ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﺎﻛﺲ :ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺊ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ . ﻓﺎﳌﺸﺮﻙ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺁﳍﺔ ﺷﱴ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺑﻌﺒﺪ ﳝﻠﻜﻪ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺭﺿﺎﻫﻢ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ،ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻓﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﻛﻤﺜﻞ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻗﺪ ﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪﻩ ﻭﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺿﺎﻩ ﻓﻬﻮ ﰲ ﺭﺍﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻄﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻪ ،ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺳﺎﱂ ﳌﺎﻟﻜﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺃﻓﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻪ ﻭﺭﲪﺘﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺷﻔﻘﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﺣﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺗﻮﻟﻴﻪ ﳌﺼﺎﳊﻪ ،ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪﺍﻥ ! - ٥ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﻌﺔ ﻷﻫﻞ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ -ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ : }
çµàsÜ÷‚tFsù Ï!$yϑ¡¡9$# š∅ÏΒ §yz $yϑ¯Ρr(s3sù «!$$Î/ õ8Îô³ç„ tΒuρ 4 ϵÎ/ tÏ.Îô³ãΒ uöxî ¬! u!$xuΖãm
∩⊂⊇∪ 9,‹Åsy™ 5β%s3tΒ ’Îû ßw†Ìh9$# ϵÎ/ “Èθôγs? ÷ρr& çö©Ü9$#
{
)( ١
.ﻓﺪﻟﺖ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ
ﻋﻠﻮ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﻭﺳﻔﻮﻝ ﻭﺳﻘﻮﻁ . ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ :ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻮﻩ ﻭﺳﻌﺘﻪ ﻭﺷﺮﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺼﻌﺪﻩ ﻭﻣﻬﺒﻄﻪ ،ﻓﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﺒﻂ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺼﻌﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺷﺒﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺳﺎﻓﻠﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﻴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺍﻛﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﲑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﻄﻒ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀﻩ ﻭﲤﺰﻗﻪ ﻛﻞ ﳑﺰﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﲔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﺗﺆﺯﺭﻩ ﻭﺗﺰﻋﺠﻪ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻈﺎﻥ ﻫﻼﻛﻪ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻬﺗﻮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺳﺤﻴﻖ ﻫﻮ ﻫﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ .
- ٦ﻋﺼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ؛ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ } ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﻋﺼﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﲏ ﺩﻣﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﻭﺃﻣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﺇﻻ ﲝﻘﻬﺎ {
)(٢
) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ
) (١ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺞ ﺁﻳﺔ . ٣١ : ) (٢ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑ ) ، (٢٧٨٦ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢١ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ) ، (٢٦٠٦ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﲢﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ) ، (٣٩٧١ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ) ، (٢٦٤٠ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ ) ، (٣٩٢٨ﺃﲪﺪ ). (١١/١ ٢٧
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
) ( ٢١٧/١٣ﰲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺼﺎﻡ ، ( .ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ) ﲝﻘﻬﺎ ( ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﻨﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﲝﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺼﻢ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺩﻣﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺑﻞ ﻳﻘﺘﻠﻮﻥ ،ﻭﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻬﺑﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﺧﻠﻔﺎﺅﻩ . ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ . . . ﻭﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ،ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ .
٢٨
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ -١ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ -٢ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ -٣ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ -٤ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ -٥ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ -٦ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ -٧ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ -٨ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ -٩ﺗﻴﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ -١٠ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﻴﺪ -١١ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻜﲔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ -١٢ﳐﺘﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻋﻖ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﺔ -١٣ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ -١٤ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻌﲔ
٢٩
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﲣﺬﻭﺍ ﺃﺣﺒﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺭﻫﺒﺎﻬﻧﻢ ﺃﺭﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﱘ ﻭﻣﺎ ١٦ ........................ ﺃﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻵﳍﺔ ﺇﳍﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻋﺠﺎﺏ ١٥ ,١٤.......................................
ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﲎ ٣ ....................................................... ﺃﻡ ﳍﻢ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺀ ﺷﺮﻋﻮﺍ ﳍﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺄﺫﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻮﻻ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ١٦ ,١٥..................... ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺷﻴﻌﺎ ﻟﺴﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺇﳕﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ٢٥ .............. ﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺇﺧﻮﺓ ﻓﺄﺻﻠﺤﻮﺍ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺧﻮﻳﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻌﻠﻜﻢ ﺗﺮﲪﻮﻥ ٢٥ ........................
ﺇﻧﲏ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻓﺎﻋﺒﺪﱐ ﻭﺃﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻟﺬﻛﺮﻱ ٥ .....................................
ﺇﻬﻧﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﻞ ﳍﻢ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺴﺘﻜﱪﻭﻥ١٥ ........................................... ﺑﻞ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺇﻧﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺑﺎﺀﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻭﺇﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻣﻬﺘﺪﻭﻥ ٢٠ .............................. ﺣﻨﻔﺎﺀ ﷲ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺸﺮﻛﲔ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻓﻜﺄﳕﺎ ﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺨﻄﻔﻪ ٢٧ ..............
ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ١١ ........................ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺴﻂ ٧ ,٣ .......................... ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺀ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﻛﺴﻮﻥ ﻭﺭﺟﻼ ﺳﻠﻤﺎ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻫﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﻥ ٢٦ ............
ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺴﻠﺦ ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﳊﺮﻡ ﻓﺎﻗﺘﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺟﺪﲤﻮﻫﻢ ﻭﺧﺬﻭﻫﻢ ٢٣ .................... ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﻀﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻓﺎﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﻌﻮﺩﺍ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻜﻢ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ٥ .......................... ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﻀﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﻜﻜﻢ ﻓﺎﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺬﻛﺮﻛﻢ ﺁﺑﺎﺀﻛﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﺍ ﻓﻤﻦ ٥ ...............
ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﺬﻧﺒﻚ ﻭﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﷲ ٣ ......................... ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﻮﺍ ﻭﺃﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺁﺗﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﻓﺈﺧﻮﺍﻧﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻧﻔﺼﻞ ٢٣ ........................ ﻓﺘﻘﻄﻌﻮﺍ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺯﺑﺮﺍ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺰﺏ ﲟﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻓﺮﺣﻮﻥ ٢٥ ............................. ﻻ ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻲ ﻓﻤﻦ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻏﻮﺕ ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻦ ١٣ ...................
ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﻧﻮﺣﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎﻗﻮﻡ ﺍﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻟﻪ ١٣ ........................... ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺘﻐﻮﺍ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﻓﻀﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ٥ .............. ﻟﻴﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﳍﻢ ﻭﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺯﻗﻬﻢ ٥ ................... ﳏﻤﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺃﺷﺪﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺭﲪﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﻫﻢ ٢٦ ........................
ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﳏﻜﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﻦ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺃﺧﺮ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﻬﺑﺎﺕ٢٤ .......... ٣٠
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ٣ ........................ ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺗﻌﺠﻞ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻣﲔ ﻓﻼ ﺇﰒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ٥ ......................
ﻭﺍﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺸﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺇﺣﺴﺎﻧﺎ ﻭﺑﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﰉ ١٣ ......................... ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺼﻤﻮﺍ ﲝﺒﻞ ﺍﷲ ﲨﻴﻌﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺇﺫ ٢٦ ,٢٥.................... ﻭﺇﻥ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺪﻋﻮﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺣﺴﺒﻚ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻳﺪﻙ ﺑﻨﺼﺮﻩ ﻭﺑﺎﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ٢٥ .................... ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻘﺒﻪ ﻟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﺟﻌﻮﻥ ٧ ..............................................
ﻭﻋﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﺨﻠﻔﻨﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ٢٦ .................... ﻭﻻ ﺗﺄﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﳑﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻔﺴﻖ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﲔ ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻮﻥ ١٦ .................... ﻭﻻ ﳝﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺑﺎﳊﻖ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ١٥ ................. ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺜﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻨﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻏﻮﺕ ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢ ١٣ ..................
ﻭﷲ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﲎ ﻓﺎﺩﻋﻮﻩ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻭﺫﺭﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻠﺤﺪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺃﲰﺎﺋﻪ ﺳﻴﺠﺰﻭﻥ ١٧ ................... ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻓﺤﻜﻤﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺫﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺭﰊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﻛﻠﺖ١٦ ...................... ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺇﻻ ﻧﻮﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻓﺎﻋﺒﺪﻭﻥ ٨ ....................
ﻭﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺍﳉﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻴﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ٧ ....................................................
ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺿﺮﺑﺘﻢ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺘﺒﻴﻨﻮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ٢١ .............................. ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﺫﻛﺮﺍ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ٦ ................................................. ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﻭﱄ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ١٦ .......................... ﻳﺎﺻﺎﺣﱯ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻦ ﺃﺃﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻮﻥ ﺧﲑ ﺃﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﺎﺭ٢٦ ...........................
ﻳﱰﻝ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﺬﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ٨ .......................
٣١
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﺣﻠﻮﺍ ﳍﻢ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ ،ﻭﺣﺮﻣﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﳊﻼﻝ ،ﻓﺄﻃﺎﻋﻮﻫﻢ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻬﺗﻢ ﺇﻳﺎﻫﻢ ١٦ .......... ﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺃﱐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻏﲑ ﺷﺎﻙ ١٩ ......................
ﺃﻗﺘﻠﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ٢٢ ,٢١..................................................... ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﺣﻖ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ٢٢ ...................................................................... ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ٢٢ ................. ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ٢٢ .............. ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ٢٢ .......................................
ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﻋﺼﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﲏ ٢٧ ................... ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺃﻛﻞ ﻭﺷﺮﺏ ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﷲ ٦ .................................................. ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻟﻘﻴﺘﻤﻮﻫﻢ ﻓﺎﻗﺘﻠﻮﻫﻢ ،ﻟﺌﻦ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﺘﻬﻢ ﻷﻗﺘﻠﻨﻬﻢ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻋﺎﺩ ٢٢ ............................
ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻋﺮﻓﺔ ،ﻭﺧﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ٦ ...................... ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻋﺮﻓﺔ ،ﻭﺧﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ٩ ..................... ﲰﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﻘﻠﺘﻪ ٢٠ ......................................................... ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﲏ ﺩﻣﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﲝﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﻬﺑﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ٢٢ ......................
ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺒﺘﻐﻲ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ١٩ ...................... ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ،ﻋﻠﻤﲏ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺃﺫﻛﺮﻙ ﻭﺃﺩﻋﻮﻙ ﺑﻪ ،ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ،ﻗﻞ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ٩ ...............
ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻞ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ،ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ١٩ .............. ﳌﺎ ﺑﻌﺚ ﻣﻌﺎﺫﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺇﻧﻚ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ٨ ...............
ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﻔﺮ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻪ ١٣ .......................... ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﻔﺮ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ٨ ..........
ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺣﺮﻣﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ١٩ ..................
ﻳﺼﺎﺡ ﺑﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺀﻭﺱ ﺍﳋﻼﺋﻖ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ،ﻓﻴﻨﺸﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻌﻮﻥ ٩ ............
٣٢
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ
ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ :ﳌﻌﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﶈﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ٢ ...... ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ٥ .................................................................................... ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ٧ ................................................................ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ٩ ......................................................................... ﺇﻋﺮﺍﻬﺑﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﻛﺎﻬﻧﺎ ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎ ١١ ................................................................ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ١٣ .............................................................. ﻣﱴ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ١٩ ......................................... ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ٢٥ ........................................................................ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ ٢٩ ................................................................... ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ٣٠ ........................................................................... ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ٣٢ ........................................................................
٣٣
Related Documents
Ar Meaning Of La Elaha Ela Allah Fawzan
May 2020 0
La Elaha Ella Allah
November 2019 8
Ela...
June 2020 30
Ela
December 2019 43
Ela Krifa Ela Lathraia.pdf
December 2019 53